intro to gprs & egprs qos monitoring b10.pdf
Post on 07-Nov-2014
164 Views
Preview:
DESCRIPTION
TRANSCRIPT
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 1All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
STUDENT GUIDE
3FL11829ACAAWBZZA2 Issue 02
All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008 Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents
not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 2All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EVOLIUM
2
Empty page
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 3All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EVOLIUM
3
Terms of Use and Legal Notices
Switch to notes view!1. Safety Warning
Both lethal and dangerous voltages may be present within the products used herein. The user is strongly advised not to
wear conductive jewelry while working on the products. Always observe all safety precautions and do not work on the
equipment alone.
The equipment used during this course may be electrostatic sensitive. Please observe correct anti-static precautions.
2. Trade Marks
Alcatel-Lucent and MainStreet are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent.
All other trademarks, service marks and logos (“Marks”) are the property of their respective holders, including Alcatel-
Lucent. Users are not permitted to use these Marks without the prior consent of Alcatel-Lucent or such third party owning
the Mark. The absence of a Mark identifier is not a representation that a particular product or service name is not a Mark.
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented herein, which may be subject to
change without notice.
3. Copyright
This document contains information that is proprietary to Alcatel-Lucent and may be used for training purposes only. No
other use or transmission of all or any part of this document is permitted without Alcatel-Lucent’s written permission, and
must include all copyright and other proprietary notices. No other use or transmission of all or any part of its contents may
be used, copied, disclosed or conveyed to any party in any manner whatsoever without prior written permission from
Alcatel-Lucent.
Use or transmission of all or any part of this document in violation of any applicable legislation is hereby expressly
prohibited.
User obtains no rights in the information or in any product, process, technology or trademark which it includes or
describes, and is expressly prohibited from modifying the information or creating derivative works without the express
written consent of Alcatel-Lucent.
All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
4. Disclaimer
In no event will Alcatel-Lucent be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including
lost profits, lost business or lost data, resulting from the use of or reliance upon the information, whether or not Alcatel-
Lucent has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
Mention of non-Alcatel-Lucent products or services is for information purposes only and constitutes neither an
endorsement, nor a recommendation.
This course is intended to train the student about the overall look, feel, and use of Alcatel-Lucent products. The
information contained herein is representational only. In the interest of file size, simplicity, and compatibility and, in some
cases, due to contractual limitations, certain compromises have been made and therefore some features are not entirely
accurate.
Please refer to technical practices supplied by Alcatel-Lucent for current information concerning Alcatel-Lucent equipment
and its operation, or contact your nearest Alcatel-Lucent representative for more information.
The Alcatel-Lucent products described or used herein are presented for demonstration and training purposes only. Alcatel-
Lucent disclaims any warranties in connection with the products as used and described in the courses or the related
documentation, whether express, implied, or statutory. Alcatel-Lucent specifically disclaims all implied warranties,
including warranties of merchantability, non-infringement and fitness for a particular purpose, or arising from a course of
dealing, usage or trade practice.
Alcatel-Lucent is not responsible for any failures caused by: server errors, misdirected or redirected transmissions, failed
internet connections, interruptions, any computer virus or any other technical defect, whether human or technical in
nature
5. Governing Law
The products, documentation and information contained herein, as well as these Terms of Use and Legal Notices are
governed by the laws of France, excluding its conflict of law rules. If any provision of these Terms of Use and Legal
Notices, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid for any reason, unenforceable including,
but not limited to, the warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, then such provision shall be deemed superseded by a
valid, enforceable provision that matches, as closely as possible, the original provision, and the other provisions of these
Terms of Use and Legal Notices shall remain in full force and effect.
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 4All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EVOLIUM
4
Blank Page
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 5All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EVOLIUM
5
Course Outline
About This CourseCourse outline
Technical support
Course objectives
1. Topic/Section is Positioned HereXxx
Xxx
Xxx
2. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
3. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
4. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
5. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
6. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
7. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
1. EGPRS QoS
1. Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
2. Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
3. Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
4. Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
5. Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
6. Appendix
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 6All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EVOLIUM
6
Course Outline [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 7All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EVOLIUM
7
Course Objectives
Switch to notes view!
Welcome to Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
Upon completion of this course, you should be able to:
� Describe the scope of work of BSS GPRS QoS monitoring
� Interpret the BSS GPRS QoS indicators attached to each BSS GPRS procedure or algorithm
having an impact on QoS
� Interpret the BSS GPRS PM counters used in the computation formulae of QoS indicators
� Detect the main BSS QoS problems
� Analyse the main BSS QoS problems
� Correlate with BSS GSM QoS problems
� List the probable causes of BSS GPRS QoS degradation
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 8All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EVOLIUM
8
Course Objectives [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 9All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EVOLIUM
9
About this Student Guide
� Switch to notes view!Conventions used in this guide
Where you can get further information
If you want further information you can refer to the following:
� Technical Practices for the specific product
� Technical support page on the Alcatel website: http://www.alcatel-lucent.com
Note
Provides you with additional information about the topic being discussed.
Although this information is not required knowledge, you might find it useful
or interesting.
Technical Reference (1) 24.348.98 – Points you to the exact section of Alcatel-Lucent Technical
Practices where you can find more information on the topic being discussed.
WarningAlerts you to instances where non-compliance could result in equipment
damage or personal injury.
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 10All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EVOLIUM
10
About this Student Guide [cont.]
� Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 11All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EVOLIUM
11
Self-assessment of Objectives
� At the end of each section you will be asked to fill this questionnaire
� Please, return this sheet to the trainer at the end of the training
Switch to notes view!
Instructional objectives Yes (or globally yes)
No (or globally no)
Comments
1 To be able to XXX
2
Contract number :
Course title :
Client (Company, Center) :
Language : Dates from : to :
Number of trainees : Location :
Surname, First name :
Did you meet the following objectives ?
Tick the corresponding box
Please, return this sheet to the trainer at the end of the training
����
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10 - Page 12All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EVOLIUM
12
Self-assessment of Objectives [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
Instructional objectives Yes (or Globally yes)
No (or globally no)
Comments
Thank you for your answers to this questionnaire
Other comments
����
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:
1�1All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Module 1Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 02
Section 1EGPRS QoS
EVOLIUMIntroduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 2
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 2
Blank Page
This page is left blank intentionally
First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01
RemarksAuthorDateEdition
Document History
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 3
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 3
Module Objectives
Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:
� Describe the role of the BSS in the End-user GPRS QoS and the dependencies between Global (BSS+GSS) and BSS GPRS QoS on one hand and between BSS GSM and GPRS QoS on the other hand
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 4
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 4
Module Objectives [cont.]
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 5
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 5
Table of Contents
Switch to notes view!Page
1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS 72 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level 133 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring 264 Dependencies between BSS GSM and GPRS QoS 365 Impact of GMM/SM Signaling on BSS QoS Interpretation 396 Indicators Classification 43
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 6
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 6
Table of Contents [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 7
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 7
1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 8
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 8
1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS
Different Levels of QoS
GGSN
GPRS GPRS
BackboneBackbone
PacketPacket
DataData
NetworkNetwork
GbGbGbGb
SGSN
MFS
AterAterAterAterAbisAbisAbisAbis
BSS
BSS+GSS QoS
GnGnGnGn GiGiGiGiUmUmUmUmRRRR
BSS QoS
End-user QoS
TETE
BSC
BTS
3 types of QoS are involved in the overall analysis of the GPRS QoS :
� Radio QoS
� It must be considered from the R interface to the Gb interface. It belongs mainly to the radio
environment as well as the proper functioning of the PCU implemented inside the BSS.
� It is defined in terms of throughput, service precedence, RLC reliability mode, transfer delay.
� GPRS QoS
� It must be considered from the R interface (MS access to the GPRS) to the Gi interface (exit from
the GPRS Network).
� It includes the Radio QoS and the GSS QoS.
� It is defined in terms of service precedence, transfer delay, mean and peak throughputs and
reliability.
� End-User QoS
� This is the QoS as the user feels it.
� It includes the GPRS QoS as well as the QoS of the external networks and their connection to the
GPRS GSS.
� Even if it does not belong to the operator, it should still be monitored as it can generate customer
complaints.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 9
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 9
1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS
Dependencies between QoS Levels
End-user QoS
BSS+GSS QoS
BSS QoS
A bad BSS GPRS QoS (Radio QoS) will lead to a bad GPRS QoS and a bad End-user QoS.
A bad End-user performance can be due to a bad GSS behaviour without any BSS GPRS QoS degradation.
A bad End-user QoS can also be due to a bad PDN performance.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 10
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 10
1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS
Impact of UE
� Different data applications are multiplexed over the GPRS radio layers: FTP, WEB/HTTP, WAP, MMS, etc.
� Data applications have very different traffic characteristics (amount of data, duration between LLC PDUs) leading to different ways of triggering radio layers algorithms
� Therefore Parameters setting in the GPRS network will lead to different performance according to the service
A bad end-user QoS can also be due to the setting of TE protocol layers parameters which can not have
optimal values to get the best GPRS performance.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 11
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 11
1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS
Impact of UE: Example
� Data applications use TCP/IP protocol layers which have a great impact on the end-user QoS
(*)
First IP router Last IP router
GTP
relay
SNDCPP
BSSGPRLC BSSGP
relay
relay
SNDCPP
PPP
FTP
TCP
IP
PPP
LLC
RLC
MAC
RF
MAC
RF
NS
L1
NS
L1
LLC UDP
IP-Gn
L2
L1’
UDP
IP-Gn
L2
L1’
IP
relay
IP
GTP
IP
relay
IP
relay
IP
UmRGb
Gn GiTE (PC,PDA …)
MSBSS
SGSNGGSN
Possible repartition on the end to end path of the TCP flight size
TCP data segment
TCP acknowledgement
(*) this graphical representation is used toexpress the fact that many data segments arecurrently waiting to be transmitted on therepresented link and are stored in buffers of thedevice handling the link . It doesn’t mean thatsimultaneous segments are being transmitted.
FTP above TCP/IP layers
A bad end-user QoS can also be due to the setting of TE protocol layers parameters which can not have
optimal values to get the best GPRS performance.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 12
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 12
1 Distinction between BSS/BSS+GSS/End-user GPRS QoS
Understand BSS GPRS QoS
� GPRS QoS is not an isolated topic:
� It is necessary to use GSM indicators in order to complete the analysis of GPRS QoS
� It is necessary to use GSM counters in order to complete the analysis of the impact of GPRS traffic on GSM QoS
� The BSS QoS does not allow to have a complete understanding of the end to end QoS seen by the user
� Indeed, upper protocol layers (TCP for example) have a great impact on the global QoS
� The GSS also has a great impact on the global QoS
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 13
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 13
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 14
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 14
Location services• Traffic Conditions• Itineraries• Nearest Restaurant, Cinema, Chemist, Parking, ATM, etc..
Fun• Games (Hangman, Poker, Quiz, …)• Screen Saver• Ring Tone• Horoscope• Biorhythm
MediaAlways-on
M-commerce
Mobile Office• Voice (!)• E-mail• Agenda• IntraNet/InterNet• Corporate Applications• Database Access
Transportation• Flight/train Schedule
• reservation
Vertical application
• Traffic Management
• Automation
•Mobile branches
• Health
Music• Downloading ofmusic files orvideo clips
News(general/specific)• International/National News
• Local News• Sport News• Weather• Lottery Results• Finance News• Stock Quotes• Exchange Rates
Physical• on-line shopping• on-line food
Non physical• on-line Banking• Ticketing• Auction• Gambling• Best Price• e-Book
Directories• Yellow/White Pages• International Directories
• Operator Services
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
Data Services
Different services can be found in the 3 categories:
� Teleservices provide the full capabilities for communications by means of a terminal equipment, network functions and possibly functions provided by dedicated centers.
� Multimedia teleservices support the transfer of several types of information.
� M-commerce:
� Non-physical = electronic goods (e-banking, e-flight ticketing, etc).
� Physical = electronic payment of physical goods (food, supplies, hardware, etc).
Retrieval servicesProvide the capability of accessing information stored in data base centers. The information is sent to the user on demand only. An example of one such service in the Internet's World Wide Web (WWW).
Messaging services Offer user-to-user communication between individual users via storage units with store-and-forward mailbox, and/or message handling (e.g., information editing, processing and conversion) functions;
Conversational servicesProvide bi-directional communication by means of real-time (no store-and-forward) end-to-end information transfer from user to user. An example of such a service is the Internet's Telnet application;
Tele-action servicesCharacterized by low data-volume (short) transactions, for example credit card validations, lottery transactions, utility meter readings and electronic monitoring and surveillance systems.
Distribution servicesCharacterized by the unidirectional flow of information from a given point in the network to other (multiple) locations. Examples may include news, weather and traffic reports, as well as product or service advertisements;
Dispatching servicesCharacterized by the bi-directional flow of information from a given point in the network (dispatcher) and other (multiple) users. Examples include taxi and public utility fleet services;
Conferencing servicesProvide multi-directional communication by means of real-time (no store-and-forward) information transfer between multiple users.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 15
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 15
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
QoS Requirements - Exercise
� Different applications require different QoS
� Exercise: find qualitatively the QoS requirements of the following data services
+: low sensitivity, ++: medium, +++: high
Service Transfer Delay Throughput Reliability
web
video streaming
ftp
location based advertising
audio streaming
wap
fax
e-commerce
interactive games
SMS
Data applications have very different traffic characteristics (amount of data, duration between LLC
PDUs) leading to different ways of triggering radio layers algorithms. This has a direct impact on the
follow-up of some QoS indicators at OMC-R level: number of DL/UL TBF establishment requests, DL/UL
TBF duration, coding scheme distribution.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 16
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 16
� 2 R’97/98 GPRS QoS attributes supported in the Alcatel-Lucent BSS
� Precedence Class: relative importance of service under congestion; 3 values
are defined
� Reliability Class: mainly linked to Ack / Not Ack modes at RLC and LLC
levels and within the backbone network; 5 values are defined
� 4 R’99 GPRS QoS attributes supported in the Alcatel-Lucent BSS
� Traffic Class: Conversational, Streaming, Interactive, Background
� Traffic Handling Priority: From 1 (highest priority) to 3 (lowest priority)
� Guaranteed bit rate for Uplink: From 0 to 8640 kbps
� Guaranteed bit rate for Downlink: From 0 to 8640 kbps
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
GPRS QoS Profile
Precedence classes: high, normal, low
Delay classes:
� class 1 (average delay<0.5 s, 95% delay<1.5 s)
� class 2 (average delay<5 s, 95% delay<25 s)
� class 3 (average delay<50 s, 95% delay<250 s)
� class 4: not specified = “best effort
The Mean Throughput class range is smaller than the Peak Throughput class one because:
� The later is considered per interface (the purpose being to maximize the use of the transmission
capacity over each interface according to its physical characteristics).
� The former is considered end to end and must take into account the weaker interface characteristics,
the air interface one.
Reliability: Five classes are defined according to the tolerable BER (from 1 = lowest BER required to 5 =
highest tolerated BER and no acknowledgement or error checking).
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 17
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 17
� ETSI R’97 principles:
� GPRS QoS is negotiated between the MS and the SGSN, at PDP context activation
� The BSS is not involved in QoS negotiation
� But the BSS should be able to do its best...
� No absolute QoS can be guaranteed by the BSS
� The SGSN and the GGSN play the main role in QoS management
� ETSI R’99 principles
� As in R’97, the QoS negotiation is initiated by the MS at the PDP context activation
� The BSS is involved in this negotiation if EN_PFC_FEATURE= Enabled� Then a Packet Flow Context is created
� The BSS can guarantee the required QoS or downgrade to Best Effort
� E.g. in case of lack of resource
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
ETSI Principles
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 18
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 18
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
QoS Profile at BSS Level
GGSN
GPRS GPRS
BackboneBackbone
PacketPacket
DataData
NetworkNetwork
GbGbGbGb
SGSN
MFS
AterAterAterAterAbisAbisAbisAbis
BSS
GPRS QoS
GnGnGnGn GiGiGiGiUmUmUmUmRRRR
Radio QoS
End-user QoS
TETE
BSC
BTS
Throughput: not managed by Alcatel-Lucent BSS. Best effort is supported.
Service precedence: partly managed by Alcatel-Lucent BSS.
RLC reliability mode: managed by the BSS.
Transfer delay: not managed by Alcatel-Lucent BSS. Best effort is supported.
See next pages for details.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 19
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 19
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
Precedence
� Precedence:
� Defines the priority for maintaining service in a congestion situation
� Specified on:
� The DL path: in the DL BSSGP PDU header
� The UL path: radio priority in “Packet resource request” (2-phase access)
� If EN_PFC_FEATURE=Disabled� Not managed in the Alcatel-Lucent BSS, but the operator can configure, in case of GPRS cell configured with a Master PDCH the persistence level of each radio priority and therefore control the uplink TBF establishment delay
� If EN_PFC_FEATURE=Enabled� The precedence is taken into account for the Interactive and Background classes
� It impacts the way of scheduling the RLC data blocks at MS and TRX level (Weighted Round Robin algorithm)
Service precedence:
� The management of the persistence levels in the Alcatel-Lucent BSS is the following. When there is a
PBCCH allocated in the cell, the MFS broadcasts on the PBCCH four persistence levels P(i), defined by
O&M, each of them corresponding to a given radio priority i (i = 1, 2, 3, 4), where P(i) ∈{0, 1, …14, 16}. For each access attempt, the MS draws a random value R in the set {0, 1, …14, 15}. The MS is allowed to send a Packet Channel Request message only if the P(i), where i is the radio priority of the TBF being
established, is lower or equal to R. This method allows the operator to differentiate the access
probability of the MSs as a function of their radio priority.
� There is no preemption of an on-going TBF to establish a new one with a higher service precedence
level.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 20
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 20
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
Reliability
� Reliability:
� Defines the transmission characteristics that are required by an application in terms of SDU loss probability, duplication of SDU, mis-sequencing of SDU or corruption of SDU
� Implemented at BSS level as RLC Acknowledged (Ack) mode or RLC Not acknowledged (Nack) mode
� Specified on
� The DL path: in the DL BSSGP PDU header
� The UL path: in “Packet resource request” (2-phase access)
� Default mode: Ack
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 21
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 21
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
Traffic class with EN_PFC_FEATURE=Enabled
� Conversational class (not supported)
� Video conference
� Streaming class
� Live video retransmission
� The MFS reserves radio and transmission resources at the PFC creation
� Interactive class
� Web browsing
� No resource reservation
� RLC data blocks are scheduled with a certain priority
� Background class
� email, FTP
� No resource reservation
� RLC data blocks are scheduled with a low priority
Delay
sensitive
+
-
Data
Integrity
sensitive
-
+
Conversational class:
� The most well known use of this scheme is telephony speech (e.g., GSM). But with the Internet and
multimedia, a number of new applications will require this scheme, for example voice over IP and video
conferencing tools.
� Real-time conversation is always performed between peers (or groups) of live (human) end users. This
is the only scheme where the required characteristics are strictly given by human perception.
Streaming class:
When the user is looking at (listening to) real time video (audio) the scheme of real time streams applies.
The real time data flow is always aiming at a live (human) destination. It is a one way transport.
Interactive class:
� When the end user, that is either a machine or a human, is on line requesting data from a remote
equipment (e.g., a server), this scheme applies.
� Examples of human interaction with the remote equipment are: web browsing, data base retrieval,
server access. Examples of machines interaction with the remote equipment are: polling for
measurement records and automatic data base enquiries (tele-machines).
Background class:
� When the end user, that typically is a computer, sends and receives data files in the background, this
scheme applies.
� Examples are background delivery of E-mails, SMS, download of databases and reception of
measurement records.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 22
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 22
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
Traffic Handling Priority
� THP:
� From 1 (highest priority) to 3 (lowest priority)
� THP1
� THP2
� THP3
� The THP is associated only with the Interactive class (if EN_PFC_FEATURE=Enabled)
According to 3GPP TS 23.107, the Traffic Handling Priority specifies the relative importance for handling of
all SDUs belonging to the bearer compared to the SDUs of other bearers.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 23
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 23
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
Guaranteed Bit Rate
� UL/DL Guaranteed bit rate (R’99)
� From 0 to 8640 kbps
� 3 ranges are usable with 3 different step sizes
� The Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR) is associated with the Streaming class, if � EN_PFC_FEATURE = Enabled at BSC level
� and EN_STREAMING = Enabled at cell level
64 kbps8640 kbps576 kbps
8 kbps568 kbps64 kbps
1 kbps63 kbps0 kbps
Step sizeMaxMin
According to 3GPP TS 23.107, the Traffic Handling Priority specifies the relative importance for handling of
all SDUs belonging to the bearer compared to the SDUs of other bearers.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 24
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 24
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
Alcatel-Lucent QoS Offer - R’97/98 QoS Compliance
BE = Best-Effort
ETSI R’97/98 QoS attributes Alcatel-Lucent Offer
Precedence class Mean throughputclass
Delay class Resulting QoS class
(4) Best Effort
1, 2 or 3
1,. 2 or 3
1,. 2 or 3
1,. 2 or 3
any
(3) Low priority
Normal, High priority
(2) Normal priority
(1) High priority
any
any
Best Effort
specified, except BE
specified, except BE
Best-Effort
Best-Effort
Best-Effort
Normal
Premium
Reliability class: as required by the MS
The QoS attributes are associated with a PDP context performed by an R’97/98 MS.
The five QoS parameters of the standard define more than 60 combinations! This is too much and must be simplified:
� Too complex to implement,
� Many of the combinations have no meaning!
� The standard "allows" simpler QoS implementations.
� “-” = any value.
� In green, the main criterion for the definition of the resulting QoS.
Alcatel-Lucent implementation: 3 QoS classes are defined:
� Best effort: Inexpensive, comparable to the Internet (no commitment). Ideal for foraging on the internet.
� Normal: Comparable to an intranet.
� Premium: Expensive, high performance.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 25
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 25
2 Implementation of GPRS QoS Profiles at BSS Level
Alcatel-Lucent QoS Offer - R’97/98 QoS Mapping into R'99 QoS
� There is a mapping between R'99 Traffic class and Alcatel-Lucent QoS class
Traffic handling priorityR'99 Traffic class R’97/98 Bearer QoS class
Premium
Premium
Premium
Normal
Normal
Conversational
Streaming
Interactive
Interactive
Interactive
-
-
1
2
3
Best EffortBackground -
The mapping of R’97/98 QoS attributes to R'99 QoS is applicable in the following cases:
� hand-over of PDP context from GPRS R’97/R'98 SGSN to GPRS R'99 or UMTS SGSN.
� when an R'99 MS performs a PDP context activation in an R'99 SGSN with an R'97/98 GGSN.
When GGSN responds to the PDP Context Activation, mapping of the changed R97/98 QoS attributes
received from the GGSN to R99 QoS attributes is performed in the serving SGSN.
� when the SGSN has received an R’97/98 QoS subscribed profile, but the MS is R'99.
The mapping of R'99 QoS attributes to R'97/98 QoS is applicable in the following cases:
� the PDP context is handed over from GPRS R'99 to R'97/R'98.
� when an R'99 MS performs a PDP context activation in an R'99 SGSN while the GGSN is R'97/98.
In this case the SGSN shall perform mapping of the R99 QoS attributes to the R97/98 QoS attributes;
� when the SGSN sends user data to the BSS for an R'99 MS.
� when the SGSN has received R'99 QoS subscribed profile but the MS is R'97/98.
� in the new SGSN, during an inter-SGSN RA_update procedure, or an inter-system change, on receipt of
the R'99 QoS attributes from the old SGSN.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 26
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 26
3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 27
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 27
3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring
PM Counters
PacketPacket
DataData
NetworkNetworkGPRS GPRS
BackboneBackboneSGSN GGSN
Gb
MFS BSC
HLR
COUNTERS
PM counters retrieval and post-processing is the cheapest solution.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 28
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 28
3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring
Trace User Data Transfer
� Transmission plane
RLC
MAC
RLC
MACL2
L1
MS BSS SGSN GGSNUm Gb Gn
L1bis
IP / X.25
GTP
UDP/TCP
IP
L1
SNDCP
LLC
BSSGP
NS
GTP
UDP/TCP
IP
L2NS
L1bisGSM-RF
RRM
Application
IP / X.25
SNDCP
LLC
RRM
GSM-RF
BSSGPRelay
Relay
NS
L1bis
BSSGPRRM
L2-(M)EGCH
L1-GCH
L2-(M)EGCH
BTS MFSAbis Ater(mux)
GSM-RFL1-GCH
RLC
MACRelay
RelayRelay
Air tra
ces
GCH tra
ces
Gb tra
ces
Interfaces traces are of good complementary information but expensive:
� used for problem investigation
� used when lack of PM counters
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 29
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 29
3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring
Trace Signaling
� Signaling plane with CCCH use
L1
SGSN Gn GGSN
RRM
MS Um BSS Gb
GSM-RF GSM-RF L1bis L1bis
IP
L1
IP
NS NS L2 L2
BSSGP BSSGP
BSCGP / RRM
LLC LLC UDP UDP
GMM/SM GMM/SM GTP GTP
Relay
Relay
BSCGP
BSSGP
NS
L1bisL2-GSL
L1-GSL
RR BSCGP
MFSAbis
L2-RSL
L1-RSL L1-GSL
BSC Ater(mux)
L2-RSL
L1-RSL
L2-GSL
BTS
GSM-RF
Relay
Relay
BSC Relay
Air tra
ces
GSL tra
ces
Gb tra
ces
GCH tra
ces
2 GSL at 64Kbit/s per GPU
RSL: refer to the Dimensioning rules for GSM
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 30
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 30
3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring
End-User QoS
� End-user performances are obtained through measurements carried out for different end-user services:
� Ping
� FTP
� WAP
� WEB (HTTP)
� Traces must be performed at both Air interface and Application levels
� These performances must be interpreted with a maximum of information concerning the context of the measurements
� Use of a database to register performance results
FTP tests:
� Static cell measurements:
� DL transfer of an uncompressible file of 500 KB size
� UL transfer of an uncompressible file of 200 KB size
� Drive measurements:
� DL transfer of an uncompressible file of 1MB minimum size
� UL transfer of an uncompressible file of 200 KB minimum size
PING Tests: Series of 100 pings
HTTP tests: Static cell and drive measurements:
� HTTP browsing of an html page of 400 KB minimum size
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 31
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 31
3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring
End-User QoS Measurements Principles
� GPRS performance tests performed
� with PDN (real end-user QoS)
� without PDN (BSS+GSS QoS: use of a local server on the Gi interface just after the GGSN)
� Use of a too old or too new mobile can be risky
� Reference mobiles are Nokia N95 for B10 features
� Use of the NEMO software (Anite)
� to pick up the transferred frames
� to calculate the throughput at RLC layer
� to monitor lower layers
� Use of Wireshark software
� to detect IP retransmissions, TCP lost frames, …
� to monitor application layers (IP, FTP, etc.)
� Use of database to register performance results
NOKIA 6220 and 6230 are EDGE mobiles.
Tests configuration set-up needs some specific data for like:
� APN of the operator to be declare in the Properties of the Modem connection on client PC (the one
with Agilent NITRO installed)
� IP address of the Internet/WAP gateway or of the Application server connected to GGSN
� DNS server address if necessary
� user name and password for GPRS connection
� Name or the URL of the WEB page to be downloaded for HTTP tests
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 32
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 32
3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring
End-User QoS Measurements Results
� Applications server accessibility (PING)
� Server accessibility success rate
� Round Trip Time (RTT) in seconds per ping command
� FTP
� FTP session success rate
� Application layer throughput in kbit/s per file
� WAP
� WAP gateway access time
� WAP page download success rate
� Application throughput
� HTTP (WEB)
� WEB page download success rate
� Application throughput
MMS tests:
� MMS emission success rate
� MMS notification success rate
� MMS reception success rate
� MMS time to send
� Time to receive the MMS notification
� Time to retrieve the MMS
Optional RLC/MAC statistics during end-user QoS tests:
� CS distribution : % of CSx RLC blocks and total time of CSx usage
� CS changes: number of CS changes per minute
� Retransmissions: % of RLC blocks retransmitted
� BLER: % of RLC blocks in error
Usually QoS indicators giving throughput or time values are provided with 4 detailed indicators:
� minimum
� maximum
� average
� standard deviation
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 33
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 33
3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring
GSS QoS
� Counters:
� in the SGSN
� in the GGSN
� in the HLR
� Traces:
� BSS-SGSN interface (Gb)
� GGSN-PDN interface (Gi)
� intra-GSS interface (Gn)
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 34
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 34
3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring
BSS QoS
� Counters:
� in the MFS (specific to GPRS)
� in the BSC (in relation to GSM)
� Traces:
� Air interface (Um)
� Ater interface (GCH)
� MFS-BSC interface (GSL)
� BSS-SGSN interface (Gb)
Tool chain = OMC-R + NPO
Trace MS + NEMO
Protocol analyzer + COMPASS(K12 Viewer)
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 35
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 35
3 Source of Information for GPRS QoS Monitoring
BSS QoS Measurements Principles
BTS
Internet/Intranet
SGSN GGSNMFSBSCFirewall
OtherPLMNPacket domain
Core network
GnGbAterAbis
IP layer
Application layer SERVERe.g.
FTP, HTTP
Measurement
LLC layer
BTS
Internet/Intranet
SGSN GGSNMFSBSCFire-wall
OtherPLMNPacket domain
Core network
GnGbAterAbis
Physical layer
RLC/MAC layer
SERVERe.g.
FTP, HTTP
Measurement Trace SWAnite NEMO
Application
Presentation
Session
Physical
Transport
Data Link
Network
Protocol Analyzer K1205
AMI Compass GNNettest
OMC-R network statisticswith OMC-R network counters
Gb Statistics
GPRS Air Interface Statistics
EGPRS MSNOKIA N95
OSI Layers
For the Air interface trace:
� Use of a too old or too new mobile can be risky
� Reference mobiles are Sagem (OT290), Motorola (T280), NOKIA ( 6230)
� Use of a PC preferably with Windows 2000
� Use of the Agilent software E6474A Nitro
� Use of end-user QoS monitoring tool (DEUTRIP, DMS)
For the GCH, GSL, Gb interface trace:
� Use of a protocol analyzer with the Alcatel-Lucent BSCGP stack
� The reference analyzer is Tektronix K1205 v2.40
� Use of a post-processing tool
� The reference tool is COMPASS GPRS
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 36
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 36
4 Dependencies between BSS GSM and GPRS QoS
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 37
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 37
4 Dependencies between BSS GSM and GPRS QoS
Impacts
GSM QoS
GPRS QoS
Bad radio conditions like coverage or interference problems degrading GSM QoS also provoke BSS GPRS
QoS problems.
Bad BSS GPRS performance is not always correlated to GSM QoS problems:
� Congestion can be due to a lack of resource specific to GPRS.
� A low throughput can be due to a bad setting of radio algorithms specific to GPRS.
On the other hand GPRS traffic can induce or worsen GSM QoS performance:
� PS traffic can increase CS congestion.
� PS signaling using CCCH channels can induce a PS AGCH and/or PCH overload and eventually an SDCCH
congestion.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 38
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 38
4 Dependencies between BSS GSM and GPRS QoS
Exercise
� Among the following list of typical problems in a GSM network, find the ones having an impact on BSS GPRS QoS
Typical BSS GSM problem Impact on BSS GPRS QoS
Coverage
Interference
path unbalanced at cell fringe
TRX HW degradation
Abis MW problem
A interface congestion
SDCCH congestion
TCH congestion
Rate of LU/call too high
Handover failure too high
Time allowed:
10 minutes
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 39
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 39
5 Impact of GMM/SM Signaling on BSS QoS Interpretation
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 40
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 40
5 Impact of GMM/SM Signaling on BSS QoS Interpretation
GPRS Protocol Layers
Physicallayer
L2-GCHL1-GCH
MS BTS MFS SGSN
relay
relayBSSGP
Um Abis/Ater Gb
Physical
layerPhysicallayer
Frame
relay
RLC
L2-GCHL1-GCH
MACMAC
RLC
Physicallayer
Frame
relay
BSSGP
PCU
IP
LLC
GMMSNDCP SM
LLC
SNDCPSMGMM
User data in IP packets
SM signaling messages
GMM signaling messages
LLC frames
For a PS service the BSS simply relays the LLC frames between the MS and the SGSN. GPRS GMM/SM
signaling messages are transferred through the BSS as User data.
Therefore a BSS Data transfer procedure (called TBF) is carried out either to transfer user data or to
transmit MS-SGSN signaling message. BSS GPRS QoS indicators have to be carefully interpreted especially
in the case of a high load of GPRS signaling.
BSS GPRS Protocol (BSSGP)
Its function is to relay LLC frames over the Gb interface, with no guarantee of integrity (relaying user
data and GMM / SM messages: session, RA_update and paging procedures).
There is 1 BSSGP frame for 1 LLC frame.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 41
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 41
5 Impact of GMM/SM Signaling on BSS QoS Interpretation
GMM/SM Signaling Load
� There are a lot of GPRS signaling message in case of:
� cell update
� RA update (Normal, Periodic)
� There are less GPRS signaling message in case of:
� GPRS attach
� GPRS detach
� PDP context activation
� PDP context de-activation
BSS GPRS QoS indicators must be carefully interpreted knowing that TBFs are used for both data and
signaling transfer.
Gb traces might be needed for a better understanding of QoS problems.
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 42
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 42
6 Indicators Classification
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 43
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 43
6 Indicators Classification
QoS Family
� Traffic Load
� Quality Of Service
Evaluation of the rate of success or failure per interface:
� (Radio, AterMux, Gb)
or per telecom procedure:
� TBF UL/DL establishment, UL/DL Data transfer, radio resource allocation or re-allocation
� Resource Availability and Usage
� Abis interface (abis nibbles)
� AterMux interface (GCH, LapD)
� Gb interface (PVC, Bearer Channel)
� GPU object (CPU and DSP usage)
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 44
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 44
6 Indicators Classification
QoS Sub-families
GPU
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 45
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 45
Self-assessment on the Objectives
� Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module
� The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 46
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 46
5 Impact of GMM/SM Signaling on BSS QoS Interpretation
Exercise
� A customer complains about the fact that transferring a file from his laptop to his home computer using GPRS connected to internet takes too much time.
� What will you do if you have to investigate this customer complaint?
Time allowed:
10 minutes
Section 1 � Module 1 � Page 47
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10237AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Role of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
1 � 1 � 47
End of ModuleRole of the BSS in GPRS QoS Monitoring
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:
1�2All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Module 2Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 02
Section 1EGPRS QoS
EVOLIUMIntroduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 2
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 2
Blank Page
This page is left blank intentionally
First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01
RemarksAuthorDateEdition
Document History
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 3
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 3
Module Objectives
Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:
� Describe the main BSS GPRS procedures and algorithms having an impact on QoS
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 4
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 4
Module Objectives [cont.]
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 5
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 5
Table of Contents
Switch to notes view!Page
1 GPRS Logical Channels 72 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS 93 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame 17
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 6
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 6
Table of Contents [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 7
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 7
1 GPRS Logical Channels
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 8
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 8
1 GPRS Logical Channels
Organization
PDCH
Master PDCH Slave PDCH
PBCCH PCCCH
PDTCH PACCH
PTCH PTCCH
Primary MPDCH
PPCH PAGCH
Secondary MPDCH
physical channel
control channel
traffic channel
signaling associated control channel
logical channel category
logical channel
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 9
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 9
2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 10
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 10
2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS
Radio Resources
� Temporary Block Flow (TBF): unidirectional flow of data between the MS and the MFS for the transfer of one or more LLC PDUs
� Radio resources allocated to a TBF are:
� DL TBF
� UL TBF
PDCH 1
B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11
PDCH 2
B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11
PDCH 3
B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11
TBF with TFI = 5 TBF with TFI = 17 TBF with TFI = 24
A Temporary Block Flow is a temporary, unidirectional physical connection across the Um interface,
between one mobile and the BSS. The TBF is established when data units are to be transmitted across
the Um interface. It is released as soon as the transmission is completed.
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 11
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 11
2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS
TBF Phases
� The TBF procedure can be split as represented below
� During an on-going TBF (progress) in one direction, a TBF in the other direction can be established quicker than usually
establishment progress release
Radio resources to be
used during the data
transfer are reserved by
the BSS and are assigned
to the MS
Data transfer through
RLC blocks
transmission
Radio resources are
freed
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 12
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 12
2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS
UL TBF, Delayed Final PUAN without Extended UL TBF
� In order to establish a DL TBF faster the release of a UL TBF can be delayed
� is the time during which a DL TBF can be established using the UL TBF radio resources before they are freed T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN
UL TBF
establishment progress release
T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN
default: 400ms
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 13
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 13
2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS
UL TBF, Delayed Final PUAN with extended UL TBF
� Extended UL TBF mode
� UL TBF is maintained during after the last block ( CV=0) has been acknowledged
releaseTBF active TBF extendedTBF establishment
UL TBF
T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL
default : 2 seconds
T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 14
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 14
2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS
DL TBF, Delayed DL TBF Release
� The release of a DL TBF is delayed after all the DL RLC blocks have been transferred in order to be able to:
� establish a UL TBF faster
� resume the DL data transfer (new LLC PDU coming from the SGSN) without having to establish a new DL TBF
DL TBF
progress release
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
default : 1.6 seconds
TBF active TBF delayed
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 15
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 15
2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS
DL TBF, Fast Establishment
� A DL TBF can be re-established faster during a short time after a DL TBF release using the radio resources of the previous TBF
� It is possible because the MS still monitors the radio resources during timer after the DL TBF has been released
DL TBF
release
T3192
default : 500ms
TBF active TBF delayed
Fast DL TBF establishment
on PACCH
possible
T3192
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 16
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 16
2 TBF: Data Transfer Procedure between the MS and the BSS
DL TBF, Establishment in DRX Mode
� After T3192, a DL TBF has to be established on Control Channels:
� faster during DRX_TIMER_MAX when the MS is in Non-DRX mode
� slower afterwards when the MS is in DRX mode
DL TBF
TBF release
DRX_TIMER_MAX
default : 2 seconds
TBF active
TBF delayed
T3192
on PCH of MS paging group
DL TBF establishment
possible
on AGCH,
or PCH of MS paging group
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 17
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 17
3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 18
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 18
3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame
L1bis
� Bearer Channels: consecutive n timeslots of a 2Mb/s link
� with n = 0 … 31
L1
NS (SNS)
NS (NSC)
BSSGP
MFS
L1
NS (SNS)
NS (NSC)
BSSGP
SGSN
Gb interface
PCM BC i
BC j
PCM
BC y
BC x
The Gb physical interface is made up of one or more 64-Kbit/s channels on one or more physical lines at
2048 Kbit/s.
Both individual 64-Kbit/s and n*64-Kbit/s channels are supported by the MFS.
A Bearer Channel (BC) is an n*64-Kbit/s channel (1 ≤ n ≤ 31).
NB: among the 16 PCM links offered per PCU, only 8 are dedicated to the Gb interface, 4 for the upload and 4 for the download. The maximum point-to-point transfer capacity over the Gb interface in one
direction is then 31*64 Kbit/s*4 = 8192 Kbit/s.
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 19
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 19
3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame
Network Service
� The Sub-Network Service (SNS):
� Routing of the BC onto the Frame Relay, thanks to Permanent Virtual Connections (PVC)
� Only 1 PVC per BC
L1
NS (SNS)
NS (NSC)
BSSGP
MFS
L1
NS (SNS)
NS (NSC)
BSSGP
SGSN
Frame Relay NetworkPVCaDLCIx
PVCmDLCIαααα
PVCbDLCIy
PVCnDLCIββββ
Gb interface
Concept of PVC:
� A PVC is a synchronous access line, semi-permanent connection.
� The PVC allows the multiplexing on a BC.
� It is not an end to end link between the MFS and the SGSN.
� At MFS side a PVC is identified by its Data Link Connection Identifier (DLCI) which is
independent from the one defined at SGSN side. DLCI 0 is used for signaling.
� There is one PVC per BC.
The SNS layer, layer 2.1 in the OSI model, offers the Frame Relay technology. The NSC layer, layer 2.2 in
the OSI model, offers the point to point data transfer in both directions.
The PVC standards are not specific to GPRS. Please refer to the « Frame Relay Forum » organization, the
ITU-T and ANSI (T1S1.1 workshop) specifications.
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 20
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 20
3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame
Network Service [cont.]
� The Network Service Control (NSC)
� Manages n Virtual Connections (NS-VCs) per GPU, with 2 ≤ n < 120
� Share the load within 1 GPU
L1
NS (SNS)
NS (NSC)
BSSGP
MFS
L1
NS (SNS)
NS (NSC)
BSSGP
SGSNNSVC
NSVCi=11
NSVCNSVCi=12
Gb interface
Concept of NS-VC:
� A NS-VC is an end to end logical link between the MFS and the SGSN.
� Each NS-VC is identified by its NSVCI which has an end to end significance on the Gb interface.
� There is a one to one relation between one NS-VC and one PVC.
� Sub-network service function: ordered data transfer.
The main functions of the NSC layer (2.2 layer) are: sequencing of the data transmission, flow control,
lost frame management.
When a MS performs a GPRS ATTACH, it is allocated on one NS-VC and only one. There is no change of NS-
VC afterwards, until cell reselection or GPRS DETACH.
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 21
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 21
3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame
Network Service [cont.]
� Concept of Network Service Entity (NSE):
� 1 NSE groups several NS-VCs (≥ 2 NS-VCs per NSE)
� � 1 NSE = 1 GPU
� The NSE is identified by an NSEi which has an end-to-end significance over the Gb interface
� Load sharing: the NS-VCs of the NSE are shared among the BVC's associated to the NSE
NSVCNSVCi=11
NSVCNSVCi=12L1
NS (SNS)
NS (NSC)
BSSGP
PCU
NSENSEi = 1
Note: for MM purposes, the SGSN needs a 1:1 correspondence between the NSEI and the RAI.
Physical layer
SNS sub-layer
NSC sub-layer
BVCBSSGP layer
Cell
BSS
BVC
Cell
2 Mbit/s
BC BC
PVC PVC
NS-VC NS-VC
NSE
BVC
Cell
BVC
Cell
2 Mbit/s
BC BC
PVC PVC
NS-VC NS-VC
NSE
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 22
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 22
3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame
BSSGP
� BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC)
� End-to-end link between the MFS and the SGSN
� 1 BVC = 1 cell
� n BVC within 1 GPU
SNS
NSC
BSSGP
SGSN
L1
SNS
NSC
BSSGP
MFS
L1
Gb interface
NSVC
BVCi=1BVCi=2
BVCi=nBVCi=1
BVCi=2
BVCi=n
Two types of BVC:
� point-to-point BVC dedicated to the PS traffic of one cell (BVCi ≠ 0).
� signaling BVC (BVCi=0) which is the signaling circuit of all the point to point BVCs of one NSE
(GPU).
For NM reason, the duplet BVCi/NSEi must be unique within an SGSN.
To activate a new cell in an SGSN, it is only needed to add a new BVCi in an NSEi. No update of the NSEi
information is necessary.
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 23
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 23
NSE2
SGSN
NSE1NSE1
NSE2
F.RF.RNetworkNetwork
PCM
3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame
Gb Interface - Manageable Entities
PCM
PCM
BVCI=2
BVCI=1
BVCI=3
BVCI=5
BVCI=6
BVCI=4
BSC1
BSC2
GPRS Core Network sideBSS side
BC PCMBCPVC
BC BCPVC
NSVC1
NSVC2
PCM
PCM
PCM
BC PCMBCPVC
BC BCPVC
NSVC3
NSVC4
BVCI=2BVCI=2
BVCI=1BVCI=1
BVCI=3BVCI=3
BVCI=5BVCI=5
BVCI=4BVCI=4
BVCI=6BVCI=6
Number of PDCH per GP board in the MFS Evolution B10:
(note 1 and note 2: with Gb over IP only)
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 24
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 24
3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame
Gb Interface - Protocol Model and Entities
SGSNPacket Control Unit function
(PCU)
BSS GPRS Protocol
(BSSGP)BSS GPRS Protocol
(BSSGP)
Network Service Control
(NSC)Network Service Control
(NSC)
BVCI=2BVCI=2
BVCI=1BVCI=1
BVCI=3BVCI=3
BVCI=5BVCI=5
BVCI=6BVCI=6
BVCI=4BVCI=4
BSC1
BSC2
GPRS Core Network sideBSS side
Sub-Network Service
(SNS)
Physical layer
Sub-Network Service
(SNS)
Physical layer
Frame Relay
BVC
NS-VCNSE
PVCBC
Dimensioning rules MFS Evolution B10:
Note 1:Both maximum number of E1 and maximum number of GP for stand-alone MFS cannot be reached simultaneously. The operator has to make the following choice at commissioning:
- 16 E1 with up to 8 GP with one shelf and up to 16 GP with two shelves.
- 12 E1 with up to 9 GP for the first shelf and up to 21GP with two shelves.
Note 2: In case of MFS in centralized clock mode, two 2 E1 ports are reserved for clock distribution. In this case the maximum number of E1 is reduced to 14.
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 25
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 25
3 Gb: BSSGP Protocol and Frame
BSSGP Frame
� One BSSGP PDU includes one and only one LLC PDU
GPRS Traffic or signalingTLLIBVCI
LLC frame
BSSGP frame
LLC header
BSSGP header
LLC payload
In case of data traffic the LLC PDU contains an SNDCP PDU.
In case of signaling, the LLC PDU contains a GMM or an SM message.
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 26
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 26
Self-assessment on the Objectives
� Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module
� The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation
Section 1 � Module 2 � Page 27
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10238AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Recalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
1 � 2 � 27
End of ModuleRecalls on the Main BSS GPRS Telecom Procedures
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:
1�3All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Module 3Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 02
Section 1EGPRS QoS
EVOLIUMIntroduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 2
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 2
Blank Page
This page is left blank intentionally
First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01
RemarksAuthorDateEdition
Document History
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 3
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 3
Module Objectives
Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:
� Interpret the BSS GPRS QoS indicators attached to each BSS GPRS procedure or algorithm having an impact on QoS
� Interpret the BSS GPRS PM counters used in the computation formulae of QoS indicators
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 4
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 4
Module Objectives [cont.]
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 5
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 5
Table of Contents
Switch to notes view!Page
1 Data Transfer Establishment 72 Data Transfer Progress 563 Data Transfer Release 884 MS Sessions / Transfers 1185 Resource Usage 1276 CS and MCS Adaptation 1657 Cell Reselection 179
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 6
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 6
Table of Contents [cont.]
Switch to notes view!Page
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 7
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 7
1 Data Transfer Establishment
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 8
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 8
1 Data Transfer Establishment
TBF Establishments
Data Transfer establishment
UL TBF establishment DL TBF establishment
MS in PIM MS in PTM
(DL TBF)
MS in PIM MS in PTM
(UL TBF)
MS in MM Ready state MS in MM Standby state
MS in MM Ready state
on CCCH
2-Phase
on CCCH
Non-DRX
UL TBF running
DL TBF running T3192
running
1-Phase
PS Paging
DRX
on PACCHon PACCH
oror or
There are 3 types of UL TBF establishment:
� 1-phase access on CCCH : when the MS is in Packet Idle Mode and the MS does not need more than 1 PDCH and wants to transfer blocks in RLC acknowledge mode.
� 2-phase access on CCCH : when the MS is in Packet Idle Mode and the MS needs more than 1 PDCH or wants to transfer blocks in RLC unacknowledge mode.
�During a DL TBF: when the MS is in Packet Transfer Mode in DL.
There 4 types of DL TBF establishment:
� On CCCH DRX mode: when the MS is in Packet Idle Mode and the MS is listening to all PCH channels of its CS paging group.
� On CCCH Non-DRX mode: when the MS is in Packet Idle Mode and the MS is listening to all AGCH channels.
�During a UL TBF: when the MS is in Packet Transfer Mode in UL.
� When T3192 is running: when a DL TBF has been released at the MS side and before the previously used radio resources are released (at T3192 expiry).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 9
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 9
P49
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment 1-Phase Access on CCCH, Success
MS BTS BSC MFS
TA calculationRACH Channel request (TA)
(EGPRS Packet)
Channel request
AGCH
Immediate assignment
Channel assignment UL (IA)PDCH, TFI, USF, TAI, TA, CS
(MCS, EGPRS window size) MS switches
on assigned
PDCH USF Scheduling
PDTCH
USF Scheduling
RLC data block
PACCH
Packet UL Ack/Nack
PDTCH
TLLI, TFI
T_USF_Scheduling_AGCHexpiry
P62c
P30cContention
resolution
T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH
RLC data block
TLLI, TFI
Packet UL Ack/Nack
P62d
GPRS EGPRS
P30d
GPRS EGPRS
GCH allocation
Channel required
(TA)
Imm. assign. command
In case a Channel Request or an EGPRS Packet Channel Request is received from the mobile station, an Immediate Assignment message is sent to the MS assigning the radio resources (the PDCH id, the USF value, the TFI value, the TAI value).
In case a Channel Request is received on a RACH, the BSS does not know the multislot class of the MS. Consequently, the Alcatel BSS assigns only one PDCH to the MS.
In case an EGPRS Packet Channel Request message is received from the mobile station, the EGPRS multislot class of the MS is known by the BSS. However only one PDCH is allocated due to the limitation of the Immediate Assignment message:
� If the PDCH is allocated on a non-EGPRS capable TRX an Immediate Assignment message in GPRS mode is sent to the MS including the PDCH id, the USF value, the TFI value, the TAI value, the TA value, and the GPRS coding scheme to be used.
� If the PDCH is allocated on an EGPRS capable TRX, an Immediate Assignment message in EGPRS mode TA value and the EGPRS modulation and coding scheme to be used.
Timers
� T_USF_scheduling_AGCH: Time between the sending of the Assignment Command message to the BTS and the scheduling of the first UL block on the PDCH. This internal MFS timer is always expiring in order to leave time to the MS to switch from a CCCH to a PDCH time slot.
� T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH – T_USF_scheduling_AGCH: Started at T_USF_scheduling_AGCH expiry, stopped when receiving the first UL block from the MS.
� T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH = 0.8 s (default value) but computed as a function of the CCCH configuration in the cell. It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.
� T_USF_scheduling_AGCH = 0 ms (default value). It cannot be set at OMC-R level.
� T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH" is the HMI name of "T_ul_assign_ccch" present in BSS telecom parameters catalogue
A contention resolution procedure is used in order to avoid that two MSs sending a Channel Request at the same time use the same allocated radio resource to send data:
� Each MS sends its TLLI in the first RLC Data Block.
� The TLLI of the MS chosen by the BSS is present in the Packet UL Ack/Nack from the MFS.
� The other MS will stop using the radio resource when receiving the Packet UL Ack/Nack with another TLLI.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 10
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 10
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment 2-Phase Access on CCCH, Success
MS BTS BSC MFS
RACH
Channel request
(TA)
(EGPRS Packet)
Channel request
AGCHImmediate assignment PDCH id, TBF starting time,
TA, 1 (multiple) block(s)
MS switches
on assigned
PDCHs
PACCHPacket resource request
Packet UL assignmentPACCH
Packet resource request
Packet UL assignmentTLLI, PDCHs, USFs, TFI, TAI, TA, CS
(MCS, EGPRS window size)
PDTCHUSF Scheduling USF Scheduling
TLLI, MS Radio Access Capability, QoS
(Additional Radio Access Capability)
RLC data block
PDTCH
P49
T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH
T_ACK_WAIT
Contention
resolution
RLC data block
MS switches
on allocated
RLC block(s)
T3168
P62c P62d
GPRS EGPRS
P30c P30d
GPRS EGPRS
GCH allocation
GCH allocationTA calculation
Channel required
(TA)
Channel assignment UL (IA)Imm. assign. command
A 2-phase access is initiated in one of the following cases:
� When a GPRS MS wants to use the TBF to send user data in RLC unacknowledged mode.
� When a GPRS or EGPRS MS wants to precise QoS parameters (e.g., Peak_Throughput_Class, Radio_Priority).
� When a GPRS MS wants to provide the BSS with its multislot class in case of an uplink access done on CCCH.
� When an GPRS MS wants to establish the TBF to send user data in RLC acknowledged mode and the amount of data to send takes more than 8 RLC/MAC blocks (Note 1 and Note 2).
� If the EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST is not supported in the cell (Note: the Alcatel BSS always supports the EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST), when an EGPRS MS wishes to send user data or signaling data.
� If the EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST is supported in the cell, when an EGPRS MS wants to use the TBF to send user data in RLC unacknowledged mode.
� If the EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST is supported in the cell, when an EGPRS MS wants to establish the TBF to send user data in RLC acknowledged mode and the amount of data to send takes more than 8 RLC/MAC blocks (Note 3 and Note 4).
Note 1: The number of blocks must be calculated assuming channel coding scheme CS-1.Note 2: The mobile station can also request a 1-phase access.Note 3: The number of blocks must be calculated assuming modulation and channel coding scheme
MCS-1.Note 4: If the cell is EGPRS capable, the mobile station can also request 1-phase access.
The MS Radio Access Capability IE includes the Multislot class of the MS as well as the QoS required for the transferTimers� T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH, controls the duration between (EGPRS Packet) Channel Request message and the UL radio block allocated to the MS.� T_ACK_WAIT: Started when the first UL block is scheduled to the MS, stopped when receiving the first UL block.
� T_ACK_WAIT = 1.2 s (default value). It cannot be set at OMC-R level.� T3168: MS timer started when sending the Packet Resource Request message and stopped when receiving the Packet UL Assignment. It is broadcast in the SI13 message.
� T3168 = 1 s (default value). It can be set at the OMC-R level but 1 s is the minimum value.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 11
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 11
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment 1-Phase Access on PCCCH, Success
MS BTS BSC MFS
TA calculationPRACH (4 A.B.)
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request
MS switches
on assigned
PDCHs
Packet UL assignment
PAGCH
Packet UL assignment
PDCHs, USFs, TFI, TAI, TA, CS (MCS, EGPRS window
size)
PDTCHUSF Scheduling USF Scheduling
RLC data block
T_ACK_WAIT
PDTCH
RLC data block
Contention
resolution
TLLI, TFI
PACCH
Packet UL Ack/Nack
TLLI, TFI
Packet UL Ack/Nack
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request
(TA)
(EGPRS) Multislot class
P30a P30d
GPRS EGPRS
P62a P62d
GPRS EGPRS
GCH allocation
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request
(TA)
Possible causes for the one phase access for GPRS:
� 1-phase access (MS multislot class provided)
� Short access (less than 8 RLC blocks)
� Paging response
� Cell update
� MM procedures (GPRS Attach, GPRS Detach, RA update)
� Single block without TBF establishment
Note: The access indicating “Single Block Without TBF Establishment” is supported by the Alcatel BSS: such
an access is used by the MS to report a Packet Measurement Report message or a Packet Cell Change Failure
message in Packet Idle Mode
Possible causes for the one phase access for EGPRS:
� 1-phase access
� Short access
� Signaling
A EGPRS mobile provides both its GPRS multislot class and its EGPRS multislotclass. If the TBF can not be
established in EGPRS mode it will then be established in GPRS mode if possible. In this case the EGPRS
multislot class is used by the BSS to allocate the corresponding number of PDCHs. If the GPRS multislot class
is higher than the EGPRS one then the TBF is a candidate for a subsequent radio resource re-allocation to
extend the number of PDCHs.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 12
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 12
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment 2-Phases Access on PCCCH, Success
MS BTS BSC MFS
TA calculation
MS switches
on assigned
PDCHs
PACCHPacket resource request
Packet UL assignment
PACCHPacket UL assignment
TLLI, PDCHs, USFs, TFI, TAI, TA, CS
(MCS, EGPRS window size)
PDTCHUSF Scheduling USF Scheduling
Packet resource requestTLLI, MS Radio Access Capability, QoS
(Additional Radio Access Capability)
T_ACK_WAIT
Contention
resolution
RLC data block
PDTCH
RLC data block
MS switches
on allocated
RLC block(s)
PRACH (4 A.B.)
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request
Packet UL assignment
PAGCH
Packet UL assignment
T_UL_Assign_PCCCH
PDCH id, TBF starting time, TA, 1
(multiple) block(s)
(EGPRS) Multislot class
T3168
P62a P62d
GPRS EGPRS
P30a P30d
GPRS EGPRS
PDCH & GCH
allocation
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request
(TA)
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request
(TA)
Timer
T_UL_ASSIGN_PCCCH controls the duration between (EGPRS) Packet Request message and the UL radio
block allocated to the MS.
T_UL_ASSIGN_PCCCH = 0.4 s (default value). It can be set at the OMC-R level.
2-phase access is used when the MS wants specific QoS attribute values to be taken into account (e.g., RLC
Nack mode).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 13
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 13
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment during a DL TBF, Success
MS BTS BSC MFS
P30b
T_ACK_WAIT
DL transfer
RLC data block, pollingRLC data block
PDTCH
Packet DL Ack/Nack
PACCH(EGPRS) Packet DL Ack/Nack with Channel request
Packet UL assignment
PACCH
Packet UL assignment
PDCHs, USFs, TFIUL,TAI, CS (MCS, EGPRS window size)
P62b
T3168
PDTCH
USF Scheduling USF Scheduling
RLC data block
PDTCH
RLC data block
GPRS EGPRS
GPRS EGPRS
GCH allocation
This scenario corresponds to a UL TBF establishment in PTM without re-allocation of the on-going DL TBF.
The Packet UL Assignment message is repeated N_SIG_REPEAT times because if the MS has not decoded the
Packet UL Assignment then the MS tries again to establish the UL TBF only after T3168 expiry.
N_SIG_REPEAT = 1 (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level. Therefore the Packet UL Assignment
is sent 2 times in a row.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 14
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 14
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment, Exercise
� Exercise 1: Identify the type of UL TBF establishment procedure among the provided traces 1, 2, 3, 9
� Exercise 2: Using the trace 2 , find how many TBFs are established and when?
� Exercise 3: Using the trace 2, identify the values of:
� TFIUL� TFIDL� PDCHs allocated for the UL TBF
Time allowed:
30 minutes
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 15
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 15
UL TBF Establishment Success Rate
TBF Establishment Efficiency TBF Establishment Preparation Success
TBF EstablishmentFailure BSS
TBF EstablishmentFailure Gb
TBF EstablishmentFailure Radio
Radio Congestion
Abis Congestion
Ater Congestion
DSP Congestion
DSP in load/overload
CPU Congestion
Too many TBF
TBF Estab Congestion Rate
Radio Congestion Duration
GPU congestion
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment, Failures
Note:
� GPU congestion means that the maximum capacity of at least one DSP on the GPU is reached in terms of
resources GCH and/or PDCH.
� A lack of Ater resources occurs when there is not enough Ater nibbles to serve the UL TBF request.
� A lack of Abis transmission resources occurs when there is not enough Abis nibbles to serve the UL TBF
request.
The GPU is split into two sub-units : the Packet Management Unit (PMU) and the Packet Traffic Unit (PTU).
The functions managed by the PMU are implemented on the PowerPC (CPU) processor
The functions managed by the PTU are implemented on 4 Digital Signalling Processors (DSP) for a GPU board
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 16
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 16
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment, Failures, Congestion
� Radio Congestion
1. maximum number of MSs per slave PDCH in uplink is reached
2. no TAI or TFI left in the MFS
3. no PDCH are granted to MFS due to a CS congestion and max_pdch_high_load=0
� Abis Congestion
UL TBF establishment fails due to a lack of Abis resources
� Ater Congestion
UL TBF establishment fails due to a lack of Ater resources
� Too Many TBF's
UL TBF establishment fails due to a too low number of available GCH, compared to the number of TBF's.
� DSP Congestion
maximum capacity of at least one DSP on the GPU is reached in terms of resources GCH and/or PDCH.
� DSP in load/overload state
UL TBF establishment fails due to the
internal cause CPU_DSP_LOAD
� CPU Congestion
UL TBF cannot be established due to CPU processing power limitations of the GPU
This slide is also valid for the description of the different causes of congestion during a DL TBF
establishment.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 17
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 17
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment, Failures, Congestion [cont.]
MS BTS BSC MFS
RACH
(EGPRS Packet)
Channel request
AGCH
Immediate assignment rejectImm. assign. command
(Imm. assign. Reject) Wait indication
No resource available (radio+Abis+Ater+Too
many TBF+DSP+ GPU+GPU-CPU)
P27+P105j+P105h+P105l+P204+P105d+P105f(EGPRS)
Packet Channel
request
PACCH
Packet access reject Packet access reject
Wait indication
or Packet resource request
or Packet DL Ack/Nack with
Channel request
or Packet resource request
or Packet DL Ack/Nack with
Channel request
Channel request (TA)Channel required
(TA)
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request
(TA)
or Packet resource request
or Packet DL Ack/Nack with
Channel request
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request
(TA)
Channel assignment UL
(Imm. assign. Reject)
Packet access reject
No resource available (radio+Abis+Ater+Too
many TBF+DSP+
GPU+GPU-CPU)
The first scenario corresponds to:
� the impossibility to allocate the resources for a UL TBF establishment 1-phase access on CCCH.
� the impossibility to allocate the UL block(s) for a UL TBF establishment 2-phase access on CCCH.
The second scenario corresponds to:
� the impossibility to allocate the resources for a UL TBF establishment 2-phase access on CCCH.
� the impossibility to allocate the resources for a UL TBF establishment during a DL TBF.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 18
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 18
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment on CCCH, Failures, Radio
MS BTS BSC MFS
RACHChannel request + TA
(EGPRS Packet)
Channel request
AGCH
Immediate assignment PDCH, TFI, USF, TAI, TA, CS
(MCS, EGPRS window size)
USF Scheduling
PDTCH
USF Scheduling
RLC data block
PDTCHT_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH
expiryP28
Packet UL assignment
PACCH
Packet UL assignment
TLLI, PDCHs, USFs, TFI, TAI, TA,
CS
(MCS, EGPRS window size)PDTCH
USF Scheduling
USF SchedulingT_ACK_WAIT
expiry
P28
Channel required
(TA)Channel assignment UL (IA)
Imm. assign. command
The first scenario corresponds to a radio failure occurring during a UL TBF establishment 1-phase access on
CCCH.
The second scenario corresponds to a radio failure occurring during a UL TBF establishment 2-phase access
on CCCH.
If the contention resolution fails, the MS will try to establish the UL TBF up to 4 times.
The radio problems counted are usually due to interference or bad coverage but Abis microwave
transmission problems or some BSS problems (RSL overload) can be counted as radio problems.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 19
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 19
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment on PCCCH, Failures, Radio
MS BTS BSC MFS
PRACH (4 A.B.)
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request
Packet UL assignmentPAGCH
Packet UL assignmentPDCHs, USFs, TFI, TAI, TA, CS (MCS, EGPRS window size)
PDTCHUSF Scheduling USF Scheduling
P28T_ACK_WAIT expiry
(EGPRS) Multislot class
PDTCH
RLC data block
Packet UL assignmentPACCH
Packet UL assignmentTLLI, PDCHs, USFs, TFI, TAI, TA, CS
(MCS, EGPRS window size)
PDTCHUSF Scheduling USF Scheduling
P28T_ACK_WAIT expiry
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request
(EGPRS)
Packet Channel request
(TA)
The first scenario corresponds to a radio failure occurring during a UL TBF establishment 1-phase access on
PCCCH.
The second scenario corresponds to a radio failure occurring during a UL TBF establishment 2-phase access
on PCCCH.
The radio problems counted are usually due to interference or bad coverage but Abis microwave
transmission problems or some BSS problems (RSL overload) can be counted as radio problems.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 20
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 20
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment during a DL TBF, Failures, Radio
MS BTS BSC MFS
P28
DL transfer / Active or Delayed phase
RLC data block, pollingRLC data block
PDTCH
Packet DL Ack/Nack
PACCH(EGPRS) Packet DL Ack/Nack with Channel request
Packet UL assignment
PACCH
Packet UL Assignment
PDCHs, USFs, TFIUL,TAI, CS (MCS, EGPRS window size)
T3168
PDTCH
USF Scheduling USF Scheduling
T_ACK_WAIT expiry
If a DL TBF re-allocation is triggered upon a UL TBF establishment and if the DL TBF re-allocation fails due
to a radio problem then counter P28 is also incremented.
The radio problems counted are usually due to interference or bad coverage but Abis microwave
transmission problems or some BSS problems (RSL overload) can be counted as radio problems.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 21
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 21
� Problem at Gb interface level
� When the CELL is in the operational state “disabled” in the BSS
� O&M problem
� Problem at BSS level
� which is not linked to Congestion, Radio, Gb
� no specific counter
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment, Failures, Gb, BSS
MS MFS SGSN
<< UL establishment request >>
Cell identity
Cell BVC unavailable
P66
A problem at BSS level can be linked to a Hardware or a Software failure.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 22
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 22
1 Data Transfer Establishment
DL TBF Establishment on CCCH, MS in Ready State
MS BTS BSC MFS LLC PDU
PDCH, TFI, TAI, (EGPRS)Immediate assignment
PCH/AGCH (DRX/Non-DRX)
Packet DL assignment, polling
PDCHs, TFI, TAI, (EGPRS window size)PACCH
Packet DL assignment
PACCH (4 A.B.)
Packet control AckPacket control AckTA calculation
Timing Advance / Power control
PACCH
TA / PC
PDTCH
RLC data block
MS
switches
on
assigned
PDCH
P91f, P91c
T3190
t_assign_agch_paccht_assign_pch_pacch
expiry & restart
P90f, P90c
P91g
GPRS
EGPRS
P90g
GPRS
EGPRS
P53c, P49
GCH allocation
Channel assignment DL (IA)Imm. assign. command
If the MFS does not receive the Packet Control Ack message from the MS:� it sends again the Packet Downlink Assignment message up to MAX_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH_RETRANS if the MS is
in DRX mode or up to MAX_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH_RETRANS if the MS is in Non-DRX mode.� if the Maximum number of retransmission of Packet Downlink Assignment message is reached then the MFS
restarts the whole DL TBF establishment procedure up to MAX_DL_RETRANS times.� MAX_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH_RETRANS = 3 (default value)� MAX_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH_RETRANS = 3 (default value)� MAX_DL_RETRANS = 3 (default value)
� The other establishment attempts of the same TBF are not counted, only the first attempt is counted.
Timers� T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH: controls the reception of the Packet Control Ack message from the MS in Non-DRX
mode.� T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH = 0.8 s (default value) but computed as a function of the CCCH configuration
in the cell. It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.� T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH" is the HMI name of "T_ul_assign_ccch" described in the BSS telecom
parameters catalogue.� T_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH: controls the reception of the Packet Control Ack message from MS in DRX mode.
� T_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH = 1.4 s (default value) but computed as a function of the BS_PA_MFRMS CCCH parameter in the cell. It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.
� T_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH" is the HMI name of "T_dl_assign_ccch" described in the BSS telecom parameters catalogue.
� t_assign_agch_pacch: is the time the MFS waits for the Packet Control Ack message after having sent the Packet Downlink Assignment message to the MS in Non-DRX mode before repeating the Packet Downlink Assignment message.
� Its value is computed as T_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH / (MAX_GPRS_ASSIGN_AGCH_RETRANS + 1).� t_assign_pch_pacch: is the time the MFS waits for the Packet Control Ack message after having sent the
Packet Downlink Assignment message to the MS in DRX mode before repeating the Packet Downlink Assignment message.
� Its value is computed as T_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH / (MAX_GPRS_ASSIGN_PCH_RETRANS + 1).� T3190: if this timer expires, the MS returns into Packet Idle Mode.
� T3190 = 5s (default value).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 23
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 23
1 Data Transfer Establishment
DL TBF Establishment on PCCCH, MS in Ready State
MS BTS BSC MFS LLC PDU
PPCH
(first/paging group)
Packet DL assignment, polling
PDCHs, TFI, TAI, (EGPRS window size)
Packet DL assignment
PACCH (4 A.B.)
Packet control AckPacket control AckTA calculation
Timing Advance / Power control
PACCH
TA / PC
PDTCH
RLC data block
T3190
P90d, P90a
MS
switches
on
assigned
PDCH
T_ACK_WAIT
T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH
P91g
GPRS
EGPRS
P91d, P91a
P90g
GPRS
EGPRS
GCH allocation
If the MFS does not receive the Packet Control Ack message from the MS:
� the MFS restarts the whole DL TBF establishment procedure up to MAX_DL_RETRANS times.
� MAX_DL_RETRANS = 3 (default value)
� The other establishment attempts of the same TBF are not counted, only the first attempt is counted.
Timers
� T_ACK_WAIT: controls the reception of the Packet Control Ack message from the MS in Non-DRX mode.
� T_ACK_WAIT = 1.2 s (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.
� T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH: controls the reception of the Packet Control Ack message from the MS in DRX
mode.
� T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.
� T3190: if this timer expires, the MS returns into Packet Idle Mode.
� T3190 = 5 s (default value)
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 24
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 24
T3190
1 Data Transfer Establishment
DL TBF Establishment during a UL TBF
MS BTS BSC MFS
UL transfer
Packet DL assignment
PACCH
Packet DL assignment, po
lling
PDCH(s), TFIDL, TAI, (EGPR
S window
size)
P91b
P90b
T_ACK_WAITPacket control AckPacket control Ack
RRBP
LLC PDU
PDTCHRLC data blo
ck
RRBP+
40 ms
GCH allocation
This scenario corresponds to a DL TBF establishment in PTM without re-allocation of the on-going UL TBF.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 25
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 25
semantic
0
1
The SDU contains signaling (e.g., related to GMM)
The SDU contains data
coding
“T bit” coding
1 Data Transfer Establishment
DL TBF Establishment, Radio Resource Optimization
MFS
BSSGP PDUn PDCHs
allocated
according to
MS multislot
class
SGSN
(QoS profile, LLC PDU)
Only 1 PDCH allocated
n PDCHs allocated
according toMS multislot class
8
octet 1
octet 2.2a
octet 3-4
octet 5
IEI
Length Indicator
Peak bit rate provided by the network, coded as the value part in Bucket Leak Rate/R IE/ GSM 08.18 a)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SPARE C/R T A Precedence
QoS Profile IE from BSSGP message GSM 08.18
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 26
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 26
1 Data Transfer Establishment
DL TBF Establishment, Exercise
� Exercise 1: Identify the type of DL TBF establishment procedure among the provided traces 6, 6bis, 8 and 9
� Exercise 2: identify trace 6bis if the DL TBF is established for data or signaling transfer
Time allowed:
30 minutes
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 27
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 27
1 Data Transfer Establishment
DL TBF establishment, Failures
DL TBF Establishment Success Rate
TBF Establishment Efficiency TBF Establishment Preparation Success
TBF EstablishmentFailure BSS
TBF EstablishmentFailure Gb
TBF EstablishmentFailure Radio
Radio Congestion
Abis Congestion
Ater Congestion
DSP Congestion
DSP in load/overload
CPU Congestion
Too many TBF
TBF Estab Congestion Rate
Radio Congestion Duration
GPU congestion
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 28
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 28
� BSS resource congestion: radio (PDCH, TAI, TFI), Ater, GPU
� Problem at Gb interface level
� When the CELL is in the operational state “disabled” in the BSS
� O&M problem
1 Data Transfer Establishment
DL TBF Establishment, Failures, Cong and Gb
MFS
LLC PDUsNo resource available: (radio+Abis+Ater+DSP+CPU)+ CPU_LOAD + too many TBFs
P14+ P105i+ P105g+P105c+P105e+P203+
P105k
SGSN
LLC Discarded
MFS
LLC PDUs
Cell BVC unavailable
P65
SGSN
LLC Discarded
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 29
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 29
� Radio problem
� Problem at BSS level
� what is not Congestion, Radio, Gb…
� no specific counter
1 Data Transfer Establishment
DL TBF Establishment, Failures, Radio
MSBTS BSC MFS
Packet control Ack
t_assign_agch_pacch expiry
or t_assign_pch_pacch expiry
or T_ACK_WAIT expiry
for the last attempt of the same DL TBF establishment
Packet DL assignment, polling
PDCHs, TFI, TAI, (EGPRS window size)
Packet DL assignment
PACCH or PPCH
PACCH
P15
If a UL TBF re-allocation is triggered upon a DL TBF establishment and if the UL TBF re-allocation fails due
to a radio problem then counter P15 is also incremented.
The radio problems counted are usually due to interference or bad coverage but Abis microwave
transmission problems or some BSS problems (RSL overload) can be counted as radio problems.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 30
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 30
1 Data Transfer Establishment
Fast DL TBF Re-establishment, Success
T3192
MS BTS BSC MFS
DL transfer
Packet DL assignment
PACCH
Packet DL assignment, po
lling
PDCH(s), TFIDL, TAI, (EGPR
S window
size)
P91e
P90e
T_ACK_WAITPacket control AckPacket control Ack
RRBP
LLC PDUSame resources
allocation
PDTCHRLC data blo
ck
RRBP+
40 ms
end
begin
T3192&
T3192n
T3190
If the MFS does not receive the Packet Control Ack message from the MS:
� the MFS restarts the whole DL TBF establishment procedure up to MAX_DL_RETRANS times.
� MAX_DL_RETRANS = 3 (default value)
� The other establishment attempts of the same TBF are not counted, only the first attempt is counted.
Timers
� T_ACK_WAIT: controls the reception of the Packet Control Ack message from the MS in Non-DRX mode.
� T_ACK_WAIT = 1.2 s (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.
� T3190: if this timer expires, the MS returns into Packet Idle Mode.
� T3190 = 5 s (default value)
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 31
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 31
1 Data Transfer Establishment
Fast DL TBF Re-establishment, Failures
� All types of failures are counted in the same counters as for other kinds of DL TBF establishment
� BSS resource congestion
� radio (PDCH, TAI, TFI): P14
� Abis: P105i
� Ater: P105g
� GPU DSP Congestion: P105c
� GPU CPU processing power limitations: P105e
� DSP Load/Overload: P203
� Too many TBFs: P105k
� radio: P15
� Gb: P65
� BSS: no specific counter
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 32
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 32
1 Data Transfer Establishment
PS Paging
MS BTS BSC MFSSGSN
LLC PDU
MS inStandby
PS Paging
PCH/PPCH
Paging Request/Packet Paging Request
RACH/PRACH
Channel Request/Packet Channel Request
cause =?/cause =?
AGCH/PAGCH
Immediate Assignment/Packet Uplink Assignment
MS Ready
DL UNITDATA PDU
USF Scheduling
PDTCH
PDTCH
Sending of an LLC PDU (RLC blocks)
containing GMM Paging response message
Procedure 1 ?
Procedure 2 ?
P53a/P61a
P53b/P61b
P391a
P391b
PS
PS
CSCS
� Identify the procedures 1 and 2 on the following diagram
A CS Paging Request can be sent by the SGSN to the MS through the GMM PS Paging message if the GS
interface exists (GPRS network configured in NMO I).
In the case a CS Paging Request sent on PCH or PPCH the MS performs a CS Radio Link Establishment
procedure.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 33
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 33
1 Data Transfer Establishment
PS Paging, Exercise
� Exercise: Using the trace 7, find the cell in which the MS is located
Time allowed:
30 minutes
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 34
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 34
1 Data Transfer Establishment
Reduction of the Ping Duration B10
MS BTS BSC MFS
DL transfer (delayed state)
Packet DL Ack/Nack (EGPRS) Packet DL Ack/Nack with Channel request
Packet UL assignmentPacket UL assignment
USF Scheduling USF Scheduling
RLC data block RLC data block
SGSN
RLC data block RLC data block
LCC (Echo Req)
LCC (Echo Rep)RLC data block RLC data block
RLC data block RLC data block
Key Improvements, compared to B9:
PDAN to PUAS delay reduction
DL LLC PDU to DL RLC block delay reduction
Last DL RLC block sent in the same radio block as the other blocks
Improvement for EDGE mobiles, with BSC/MFS Evolution
Duration of Ping 32 bytes 0 second:
B9: 255~247ms
B10: 208~197ms
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 35
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 35
1 Data Transfer Establishment
PS Paging, Exercise (Reduction of Ping Time)
� Exercise: In the following trace measure the PING duration
� Trace 18
� Can you find the same case as in the previous slide?
� In which state is the UL TBF before the ping?
� Exercise 2: Identify the length of the echo request message
Time allowed:
30 minutes
B10
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 36
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 36
1 Data Transfer Establishment
TBF Establishments: Dual Transfer Mode
MS in dedicated mode
UL TBF establishment DL TBF establishment
TCH change Same TCH TCH change Same TCH
MS in MM Ready state MS in MM Standby stateMS in MM Ready state
PS Paging
B10
MS in Dual Transfer Mode
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 37
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 37
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode B10
DTM Request (2)[main DCCH]
Packet Assignment (5)
BSC Shared DTM Info Indication
BSCGP DTM Request (3)
Assignment Complete (6)
[FACCH]
UL radio blocks (7)
UL LLC PDUs[PDCH]
USF … USF … USF
T3148n (BSC)T3148n (MFS)
T_ACK_WAIT
MS BTS BSC MFS
P507
P508
MC927c
T3148 (IMSI, PUAS)
(TFI, TAI, USFs, PDCHs)
(TLLI, QoS, cause)(IMSI, current TCH)
BSCGP DTM Assign CMD (4)
Dedicated mode (TCH) (1)
1. It is assumed that the MFS has been informed that the MS is in dedicated mode.
2. The MS requests the establishment of a PS session by sending a DTM Request message and starts timer T3148. This message contains:
� TLLI of the MS� Radio priority (four possible values)� RLC mode associated with the packet transfer (RLC acknowledged mode or RLC unacknowledged
mode)� LLC frame type (whether or not the first LLC PDU is SACK or ACK)� Establishment cause (User data, Page response, Cell update, or MM procedure)� Peak Throughput Class and RLC_OCTET_COUNT field (indicating the number of RLC data volume
to be transferred)� Optionally the PFI
3. The BSC forwards the request to the MFS through a new message called BSCGP DTM Request. This message contains the references of the MS (i.e., IMSI and BSC reference) and the identity of the radio timeslot currently allocated to the MS. The radio timeslot identity is used to know whether or not the TCH needs to be re-assigned.
4. The MFS sends to the BSC a new message called BSCGP DTM Assignment Command. This message contains the references of the MS (i.e., IMSI), and the RR Packet Uplink Assignment IE that will be transparently sent in the 44.018 Packet Assignment message. This IE provides the MS with information required for the UL TBF allocation (TFI, TAI, USF and PDCHs). USF(s) are scheduled as soon as the BSCGP DTM Packet Assignment message is sent and the timer T_ACK_WAIT is started to monitor the beginning of the UL TBF.
5. The BSC builds the Packet Assignment message based on the information retrieved from the MFS and sends it to the MS on the main DCCH. The BSC starts timer T3107 to monitor the receipt of the Assignment Complete message. On receipt of the 44.018 Packet Assignment message, the MS stops timer T3148.
6. On receipt of the Assignment Complete message, the BSC stops timer T3107 and sends a BSC Shared DTM Info Indication message to the MFS, indicating the successful end of the DTM assignment procedure.
7. The MS starts sending UL RLC blocks on the new assigned PDCH(s).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 38
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 38
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode – TCH Change B10
DTM Request (2)[old main DCCH]
Chan. Act. (new TCH)
Chan. Act. ACK
DTM Assignment Command (5)
BSC Shared DTM Info Indication
BSCGP DTM Request (3)
BSCGP DTM Assign CMD (4)
Assignment Complete (6)[new FACCH]
UL radio blocks (7)
UL LLC PDUs[PDCH]
USF … USF … USF
T3148n (BSC)T3148n (MFS)
T_ACK_WAIT
MS BTS BSC MFS
P507
P508
MC927a
T3148 (IMSI, TCH, PUAS)
(TCH, TFI, TAI, USFs, PDCHs)
(TLLI, QoS, cause)(IMSI, current TCH)
T3107
Dedicated mode (TCH) (1)
1. It is assumed that the MFS has been informed that the MS is in dedicated mode.
2. The MS requests the establishment of a PS session by sending a DTM Request message and starts timer T3148. This message contains:
� TLLI of the MS� Radio priority (four possible values)� RLC mode associated with the packet transfer (RLC acknowledged mode or RLC unacknowledged
mode)� LLC frame type (whether or not the first LLC PDU is SACK or ACK)� Establishment cause (User data, Page response, Cell update, or MM procedure)� Peak Throughput Class and RLC_OCTET_COUNT field (indicating the number of RLC data volume
to be transferred)� Optionally the PFI
3. The BSC forwards the request to the MFS through a new message called BSCGP DTM Request. This message contains the references of the MS (i.e., IMSI and BSC reference) and the identity of the radio timeslot currently allocated to the MS. The radio timeslot identity is used to know whether or not the TCH needs to be re-assigned.
4. The MFS sends to the BSC a new message called BSCGP DTM Assignment Command. This message contains the reference of the MS (i.e. IMSI), the new TCH to be assigned to the MS, and the RR Packet Uplink Assignment IE that will be transparently sent in the 44.018 DTM Assignment Command message. This IE provides the MS with information required for the UL TBF allocation (TFI, TAI, USF and PDCHs). USF(s) are scheduled as soon as the BSCGP DTM Assignment Command is sent and the timer T_ACK_WAIT is started to monitor the beginning of the UL TBF.
5. The BSC activates the new TCH, builds the DTM Assignment Command message based on the information retrieved from the MFS and sends it to the MS on the old main DCCH. The BSC starts timer T3107 to monitor the receipt of the Assignment Complete message. On receipt of the 44.018 DTM Assignment Command message, the MS stops timer T3148.
6. On receipt of the Assignment Complete message, the BSC stops timer T3107 and sends a BSC Shared DTM Info Indication message to the MFS, indicating the successful end of the DTM assignment procedure.
7. The MS starts sending UL RLC blocks on the new assigned PDCH(s).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 39
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 39
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode, Failures
� DTM
� Problem at BSS level
� what is not Congestion, Radio
� no specific counter
DTM UL TBF
establishment FAILURE
Radio Resource Congestion
Radio failure BSS pb
B10
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 40
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 40
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode, Failure, Cong B10
DTM Request[main DCCH]BSCGP DTM Request
expiry
T3148n (BSC)T3148n (MFS)
MS BTS BSC MFS
P507
T3148
(TLLI, QoS, cause)(IMSI, current TCH)
BSCGP DTM Reject
Dedicated mode (TCH)
P512
P507: Number of UL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.
P512: Number of UL TBF establishment failures on DCCH for MS operating in DTM due to a lack of radio resources.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 41
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 41
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode, Failure, Radio B10
DTM Request[main DCCH]
Packet Assignment
BSCGP DTM Request
[FACCH]
USF … USF … USF
T3148n (BSC)T3148n (MFS)
T_ACK_WAIT
MS BTS BSC MFS
P507
MC927c
T3148 (IMSI, PUAS)
(TFI, TAI, USFs, PDCHs)
(TLLI, QoS, cause)(IMSI, current TCH)
BSCGP DTM Assign CMD
Dedicated mode (TCH)
expiry
P28
UL RLC Block
P507: Number of UL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.
P28: Number of UL TBF establishment failures at the expiry of T_ACK_WAIT timer (typical UL TBF Establishment Failure due to Radio problems, not specific to DTM)
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 42
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 42
1 Data Transfer Establishment
UL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode, Failure, Radio B10
DTM Request[main DCCH]BSCGP DTM Request
Data Indication
(DTM Assign Failure)
[FACCH]
USF … USF … USF
T3148n (BSC)T3148n (MFS)
MS BTS BSC MFS
P507
MC927c
T3148 (IMSI,TCH, PUAS)
(TLLI, QoS, cause)(IMSI, current TCH)
BSCGP DTM Assign CMD
Dedicated mode (TCH)
expiry
P28
� With TCH change
BSCGP DTM Assign Failure
T3107
DTM Assignment Command (5)
(TCH, TFI, TAI, USFs, PDCHs)
DTM Assign Failure
Establish Indication
MC927e
T_ACK_WAIT
stop
or
P507: Number of UL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.
P28: Number of UL TBF establishment failures at the expiry of T_ACK_WAIT timer.
MC927e: Number of UL TBF establishment in DTM with reallocation of the TCH with execution failures due to MS access problem.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 43
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 43
1 Data Transfer Establishment
DL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode B10
Packet Assignment (4)
BSCGP DTM Assign CMD (3)
[FACCH]
DL radio blocks (5)
DL LLC PDUs (2)
[PDCH]
T_DTM_ASSIGN
MS BTS BSC MFS
Dedicated mode (TCH) (1)
P505
P506
MC927d
(IMSI, PDAS)
(TFI, TAI, PDCHs)
(IMSI)
T_ACK_WAIT
PDAN
expiry
BSCGP BSCShared DTM Info Indication
(IMSI's of all DTM MS'sin dedicated mode)
BSCGP BSCShared DTM Info Indication
8s.
Note: the "Shared DTM Info Indication" is sent periodically to the MFS (every T_SHARED_DTM_INFO = 8s), to
ensure the PS paging co-ordination for DTM MS in dedicated mode.
1. While the MS is in GMM ready state, the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU including the IMSI of the MS.
2. It is assumed here that the identity of the TCH used by the MS is known by the MFS (i.e. there is a TCH assigned to the MS). The MFS first checks whether the TCH needs to be re-assigned. It prepares accordingly the radio (TCH and PDCH) and transmission (PDCH only) resources required to serve the DL request.The MFS sends to the BSC the new BSCGP DTM Assignment Command message. This message contains the references of the MS (i.e. IMSI and BSC reference) and the contents of the 44.018 Packet Assignment message. This IE provides the MS with information required for the DL TBF establishment (DL TFI, TAI, and PDCHs). The MFS also starts T_DTM_ASSIGN.
3. The BSC sends to the MS the 44.018 Packet Assignment message on the main DCCH.
4. At T_DTM_ASSIGN expiry, the MFS starts sending DL RLC data blocks and starts T_ACK_WAIT to monitor DL TBF establishment (at the first occurrence of PACCH, the MFS polls the MS). Note that the MFS does not need to provide the MS with the GPRS timing advance since this value is ignored by the MS when the MS is in dual transfer mode. T_ACK_WAIT will be stopped at reception of the first PDAN.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 44
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 44
1 Data Transfer Establishment
DL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode – TCH Change B10
Chan. Act. (new TCH)
Chan. Act. ACK
DTM Assignment Command (4)
BSC Shared DTM Info Indication
BSCGP DTM Assign CMD (3)
Assignment Complete (5)
[old FACCH]
DL radio blocks (6)
DL LLC PDUs (2)
[PDCH]
T_DTM_ASSIGN
MS BTS BSC MFS
Dedicated mode (TCH) (1)
P505
P506
MC927b
(IMSI, TCH, PDAS)
(TCH, TFI, TAI, PDCHs)T3107
(IMSI)
T_ACK_WAIT
[new FACCH]
PDAN
expiry
1. The MS is in dedicated mode and in GMM ready state.
2. While the MS is in GMM ready state, the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU including the IMSI of the MS.
3. It is assumed here that the identity of the TCH used by the MS is known by the MFS (i.e. there is a TCH assigned to the MS). The MFS first checks whether the TCH needs to be re-assigned. It prepares accordingly the radio (TCH and PDCH) and transmission (PDCH only) resources required to serve the DL request.The MFS sends to the BSC the new BSCGP DTM Assignment Command message. This message contains the references of the MS (i.e. IMSI and BSC reference), the identify of the new TCH, and the RR Packet Downlink Assignment IE that will be transparently sent in the 44.018 DTM Assignment Command message. This IE provides the MS with information required for the DL TBF establishment (DL TFI, TAI, and PDCHs).The MFS also starts T_DTM_ASSIGN.
4. The BSC activates the new TCH, builds the DTM Assignment Command message based in the information retrieved from the MFS and sends it on the old main DCCH. The BSC starts timer T3107 to monitor the receipt of the Assignment Complete message.
5. On receipt of the Assignment Complete message, the BSC stops timer T3107, releases the old TCH and sends a BSC Shared DTM Info Indication message to the MFS, indicating the successful end of the DTM assignment procedure.
6. At T_DTM_ASSIGN expiry, the MFS starts sending DL RLC data blocks and starts T_ACK_WAIT to monitor DL TBF establishment (at the first occurrence of PACCH, the MFS polls the MS). Note that the MFS does not need to provide the MS with the GPRS timing advance since this value is ignored by the MS when the MS is in dual transfer mode.T_ACK_WAIT will be stopped at reception of the first PDAN.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 45
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 45
1 Data Transfer Establishment
DL TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode, Failures
� DTM
� Problem at BSS level
� what is not Congestion, Radio
� no specific counter
DL TBF establishment FAILURE
Radio Resource Congestion
Radio pb BSS pb
B10
P511 MC927f
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 46
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 46
1 Data Transfer Establishment
PS Paging in Dedicated Mode B10
Packet Notification (4)
BSCGP DTM Packet Notification (3)
[FACCH]
PS paging (2)
MS BTS BSC MFS
Dedicated mode (TCH) (1)
(CI, IMSI)
(IMSI)
BSCGP DTM Packet Notification ACK (4)
UL LLC PDUs
Packet Paging Response (5)
T_WAIT_DTM
1. The MS is in dedicated mode and in GMM standby state.
2. As the MS is in GMM Standby state, if the SGSN has something to send to the MS, the SGSN shall first page the MS in the routing area where the MS is located.
3. Upon receipt of the PS paging, the MFS first checks whether the concerned MS is in dedicated mode (based on information provided by the BSC). If this is the case, the MFS sends to the BSC a BSCGP DTM Packet Notification message providing the BSC with the cell identity, the references of the MS (i.e. IMSI and BSC reference) and the contents of the 44.018 Packet Notification message.
4. Then, the BSC forwards the 44.018 Packet Notification message to the MS on the main DCCH and sends a BSCGP DTM Packet Notification ACK to the MFS for acknowledgement.
5. On receipt of the Packet Notification message, the MS shall answer to the notification with a cell update procedure, i.e. by sending an LLC frame acting as a Packet Paging Response. Two cases can then occur:
� If the UL LLC frame does not convey user data information and is short enough (according to the value of the MAX_LAPDM parameter), the MS uses the GTTP to send the dummy UL LLC frame to the SGSN.
� Otherwise, the MS requests the establishment of an UL TBF with a 44.018 DTM Request message and sends the UL LLC PDU on the established UL TBF.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 47
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 47
� DL and UL TBF establishment:
TBF establishment
startNumber of requestsNumber of successes
Success rate
Failure causes
time
TBF establishment
end
Congestion
Radio
BSS
Gb
Distribution of number of TSs requested / obtained
Radio
Abis
Ater
Different cases:
• DL/UL: idle & transfer mode
• DL/UL: MPDCH or not
• DL: DRX & non-DRX
• DL: T3192 running
•DL/UL: MS EGPRS capableAllocation rate
1 Data Transfer Establishment
QoS Indicators
DSP
CPU
The number of TBF establishment requests gives an idea of the GPRS traffic. It is therefore a KPI.
Nb of Allocation successes = Nb of Requests - Nb of Congestions
A radio pb can be specific to GPRS (no radio pb for GSM): it can be due to the MS behavior (bad handling of
Polling from the BSS).
Some tests on Ping have shown that RTT (Round Trip Time) is varying from one MS to another. Some MSs are
considered to be slow, others to be fast. Round Trip Time is the time duration of data transmission from
mobile to data server then back from server to mobile. Usually RTT is assessed using a PING command of 32
bytes data transmission. If the data server is connected to the Gi interface RTT will be a measurement of
twice the time duration needed to send data across the GPRS network.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 48
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 48
� DL and UL TBF establishment: requests/successes
Transfer phase Fast DL TBF re-establishment T3192 Non-DRX mode DRX mode
time
GPRS/EGPRSrequest/success
GPRS/EGPRSrequest/success
OnlyEGPRS
OnlyEGPRS
1 Data Transfer Establishment
QoS Indicators, Request/Success
DL TBF establishment requests DL TBF establishment successes
Transfer mode P91b Transfer mode P90b
While T3192 running P91e While T3192 running P90e
Idle mode + non-DRX mode + MPDCH P91d Idle mode + non-DRX mode + MPDCH P90d
Idle mode + non-DRX mode + no MPDCH P91f Idle mode + non-DRX mode + no MPDCH P90f
Idle mode + DRX mode + MPDCH P91a Idle mode + DRX mode + MPDCH P90a
Idle mode + DRX mode + no MPDCH P91c Idle mode + DRX mode + no MPDCH P90c
Idle mode + with / without MPDCH P91g Idle mode + with / without MPDCH P90g
UL TBF establishment requests UL TBF establishment successes
Idle mode + MPDCH P62a Idle mode + MPDCH P30a
Idle mode + no MPDCH P62c Idle mode + no MPDCH P30c
Transfer mode P62b –
P438c
Transfer mode P30b
Idle mode + with / without MPDCH P62d Idle mode + with / without MPDCH P30d
All other counters have been modified in order to take into account the TBFs established in EGPRS mode.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 49
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 49
� DL and UL TBF establishment: failures
% TBF establishment failures
Downlink Uplink
Congestion rate (radio-Abis-
Ater-GPU)
(P14 + P105g + P105c + P105e+P105i) / (P91a +P91b+
P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f)
Congestion (radio-Abis-Ater-
GPU) rate
(P27 + P105h + P105d + P105f+P105j) / (P62a + P62b
+ P62c)
Radio congestion rate P14 / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f) Radio congestion rate P27 / (P62a + P62b + P62c)
% of time during which
PDCH allocation for DL TBF
is not possible due to
congestion
(P13 / 10) / GP % of time during which
PDCH allocation for UL TBF
is not possible due to
congestion
(P26 / 10) / GP
Abis congestion rate (P105i) / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f) Abis congestion rate (P105j) / (P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c) ATer congestion rate P105g / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f) ATer congestion rate P105h / (P62a + P62b + P62c)
DSP congestion rate P105c / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f) DSP congestion rate P105d / (P62a + P62b + P62c)
CPU congestion rate P105e / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f) CPU congestion rate P105f / (P62a + P62b + P62c)
Radio problem rate P15 / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f) Radio problem rate P28 / (P62a + P62b + P62c)
Gb problem rate P65 / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f) Gb problem rate P66 / (P62a + P62b + P62c)
BSS problem rate (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f - P14 -
P15 - P90a - P90b - P90c- P90d - P90e - P90f - P105e -
P105c - P105g - P105i - P203) / (P91a + P91b + P91c +
P91d + P91e + P91f)
BSS problem rate ((P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c - P27 - P28 - P30a -
P30b - P30c - P66 - P105h - P105f - P105d - P105j -
P204) / (P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c))
1 Data Transfer Establishment
QoS Indicators, Failure
A CPU load state is managed per GPU. When the CPU load state reaches the maximum (crosses a high
threshold) then no new TBF can be established on this GPU.
Radio congestion is often low. When high, it is often linked to a GPU reset or to a problem at BSS level.
Therefore Indicators based on distribution of nb of TSs allocated/requested give a better idea of the
“congestion” situation.
On DL TBF establishment failure: a RADIO STATUS message is sent to the SGSN.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 50
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 50
� DL and UL TBF establishment: success rate
1 Data Transfer Establishment
QoS Indicators, KPI
((P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c + P507) - (P105d + P105f + P27 + P105h + P105j + P105l + P204 + P512)/ (P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c + P507))
((P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f + P505) - (P105c + P105e + P14 + P105g + P105i + P105k + P203 + P511)) / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f + P505)
TBF establishment allocated rate
(P30a + P30b + P30c + P508) / (P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c + P507)
(P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f + P506) / (P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f + P505)
TBF establishment success rate
P30a + P30b + P30c + P508P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f + P506
nb of TBF establishment successes
P62a + P62b + P62c - P438c + P507P91a + P91b + P91c + P91d + P91e + P91f + P505
nb of TBF establishment requests
uplinkdownlinkIndicator
TBF establishment requests and successes
KPI
KPI
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 51
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 51
� Thresholds:
� Significant traffic is reached for 2000 DL TBF requests/cell/day
(less when a Delayed downlink TBF release is activated)
� A UL/DL TBF establishment success rate is seen as good above 95%(except if CS2 is used at the beginning of a DL TBF)
Downlink TBF Establishment
02000400060008000
10000120001400016000
14/08
/2003
16/08
/2003
18/08
/2003
20/08
/2003
22/08
/2003
24/08
/2003
26/08
/2003
28/08
/2003
30/08
/2003
01/09
/2003
03/09
/2003
05/09
/2003
07/09
/2003
09/09
/2003
11/09
/2003
13/09
/2003
90
92
94
96
98
100
102 BSS fail
Gb fail
Radio fail
Congestion
Request
% Allocated
% Success
1 Data Transfer Establishment
QoS Indicators, DL TBF Establishment, Graph
Typical values of DL establishment success rate when CS2 is used at the beginning of DL TBF: 94%, 96%.
TBF establishment indicators should be provided on a per DL and UL basis because the procedures are very
different and QoS has to be assessed and interpreted differently.
The UL TBF establishment can be degraded because of ghost Random Access messages.
The amount of bytes transferred at RLC or LLC level should be considered as a significant traffic indicator
(more Web browsing usage than WAP).
The nb of DL TBF establishment requests can should be considered as a GPRS activity indicator.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 52
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 52
� DL and UL TBF establishment while MS is in dedicated mode:
TBF establishment
start
Number of requestsNumber of successes
Success rate
Failure causes
time
TBF establishment
end
Congestion
Radio
BSS
Radio
Allocation rate
1 Data Transfer Establishment
QoS Indicators, DTM B10
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 53
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 53
� DL and UL TBF establishment while MS is in dedicated mode:
1 Data Transfer Establishment
QoS Indicators, TBF Establishment in Dedicated Mode B10
P508Number of UL TBF establishment successes on DCCH for MS operating in DTM
NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC
MC927aNumber of UL TBF establishment attempts in DTM with reallocation of the TCH (sending of DTM Assignment Command with UL TBF)
NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_ATPT
MC927aNumber of DL TBF establishment attempts in DTM with reallocation of the TCH (sending of DTM Assignment Command with DL TBF)
NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_ATPT
MC927cNumber of UL TBF establishment attempts in DTM without reallocation of the TCH (sending of Packet Assignment Command with UL TBF)
NB_DTM_UL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT
MC927dNumber of DL TBF establishment attempts in DTM without reallocation of the TCH (sending of Packet Assignment Command with DL TBF)
NB_DTM_DL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT
P501Number of DTM contexts createdNB_DTM_MS_CONTEXT_CELL
P507Number of UL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.
NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ
P506Number of DL TBF establishment successes on DCCH for MS operating in DTM
NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC
P505Number of DL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in DTM
NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ
RefdefinitionIndicator name
P505:This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first DL LLC PDU for a MS in dedicated mode (and in GMM ready state).
Note:
� This counter applies only to DTM capable mobiles.
� DL LLC PDU sent with BSCGP DTM GPRS information are not taken into account.
P927a: this counter is incremented whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the "Description of the Uplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE
P927d: this counter is incremented whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 PACKET ASSIGNMENT message that includes the "Description of the Downlink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.
P506: This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first Packet Downlink ack (following the reception of a DL LLC PDU for a MS in dedicated mode). This counter applies only to DTM capable mobiles.
P508: This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first UL RLC data block for a MS in dedicated mode. This counter applies only to DTM capable mobiles.
P927a: This counter is incremented whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the "Description of the Uplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.
P927c: This counter is incremented whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 PACKET ASSIGNMENT message that includes the "Description of the Uplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.
P509: This counter is incremented for DTM capable MS with ongoing DL TBF established, when an abnormal DL TBF release, occurs:
� When the DTM mode is leaved ( release of the CS connection in DTM mode).
� When in DTM mode an intercell or an intracell handover occurs.
� When in PTM the dedicated mode is entered.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 54
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 54
� DL and UL TBF establishment failure while MS is in dedicated mode:
1 Data Transfer Establishment
QoS Indicators, TBF Failure in Dedicated Mode B10
MC927eNumber of UL TBF establishment in DTM with reallocation of the TCH - execution failures due to MS access problem
NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO
P512Number of UL TBF establishment failures on DCCH for MS operating in DTM due to a lack of radio resources
NB_DTM_UL_TBF_FAIL_CONG
MC927fNumber of DL TBF establishment in DTM with reallocation of the TCH - execution failures due to MS access problem
NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO
P511Number of DL TBF establishment failures on DCCH for MS operating in DTM due to a lack of radio resources
NB_DTM_DL_TBF_FAIL_CONG
RefdefinitionIndicator name
P511: This counter is incremented when MFS has no suitable radio resources to enter in DTM mode.
P927f: This counter is incremented:
� Whenever the BSC receives from the BTS a DATA INDICATION (DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE) message after
having sent (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the "Description of
the Downlink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.
� After having sent (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the
"Description of the Downlink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE, upon T3107 expiry, the BSC does not
receive neither DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (on the old channel) nor ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE (on the new
channel) messages.
P512: This counter is incremented when the MFS sends the BSCGP DTM reject message in case of lack of radio resources available.
P927e: This counter is incremented:
� Whenever the BSC receives from the BTS a DATA INDICATION (DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE) message after
having sent (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the "Description of
the Uplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.
� After having sent (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the
"Description of the Uplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE, upon T3107 expiry, the BSC does not
receive neither DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (on the old channel) nor ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE (on the new
channel) messages.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 55
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 55
� UL TBF in EDA mode:
1 Data Transfer Establishment
QoS Indicators, EDA Mode B10
P596Number of UL TBF that have used at least one time the EDA mode during their lifetime
NB_EDA_USED_UL_TBF
P597Number of UL TBF belonging to mobile stations allowed to use the EDA mode
NB_EDA_ALLOWED_UL_TBF
P598Number of reallocations between DA and EDA modes for UL TBFNB_DA_EDA_REALLOC_UL_TBF
P595Cumulated overall time of UL TBF in active state operating in EDA modeCUMULATED_TIME_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EDA_MODE
RefdefinitionIndicator name
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 56
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 56
1 Data Transfer Establishment
Dual Transfer Mode (DTM), Exercise
� In configuration GPRS_B10-2.s
� Open Scenario 2, Scenario 3, Scenario 4
� In each case, is this an UL or a DL TBF establishment ?
� In each case, is there a TCH change ?
Time allowed:
30 minutes
B10
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 57
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 57
2 Data Transfer Progress
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 58
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 58
2 Data Transfer Progress
TBF Progress
Data Transfer established
Data Transfer released
Data transfer resumption(DL TBF and UL)
TBF resource re-allocation
RLCs blocks transfer
A TBF is considered “in progress” after it has been allocated successfully and before a release of this TBF is
triggered.
When a TBF is in progress, the following processes are or can be performed:
� The transfer of data is on-going:
� useful RLC blocks.
� LLC dummy commands
� The TBF resources are re-allocated.
� The transfer of data is resumed
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 59
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 59
2 Data Transfer Progress
Data Transfer Resumption during a DL TBF in Delayed Phase
DL transfer / Active phase
DL transfer / Delayed phase
MS MFS
DL transfer / Active phase
last useful RLC data block, polling
(EGPRS) Packet DL Ack/Nack
one but last useful RLC data block
Dummy block, polling
Packet DL Ack/Nack
Dummy block, polling
Packet DL Ack/Nack
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL
LLC PDU
SGSN
new useful last RLC data block
useful last RLC data block
P422
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL=
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
P421
P421
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL
stop stop
start
A data transfer resumption is not a real TBF establishment since the TBF established previously with the MS
being in Delayed phase is re-activated. During the Delayed DL TBF phase, the BSS sends Dummy LLC UI
commands to the MS leading to periodic sending of RLC blocks containing these dummy LLC data.
As the application data transfer is burstly in a GPRS network (download of a web page made of a lot of
components (text, pictures)), it is very important to provide the way to resume a DL transfer of LLC PDUs
using the same radio resources already established rather than to re-establish again the DL TBF with the MS.
Timers
� T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL is the duration between the last useful RLC block sent to the MS
(eventually completed with a Dummy UI command) and the first Dummy UI command block sent during the
DL TBF delayed phase.
� T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL = 60 ms (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level. The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL >= T_MIN_POLL
� T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL is the duration between the 2 consecutive Dummy UI command blocks
sent during the DL TBF delayed phase.
� T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_ POL = 200 ms (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.
� t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel is the maximum time during which the DL TBF stays in Delayed phase before being
actually released. It corresponds to the typical response time of a network server as seen from this MFS.
� t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel = T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME = 1600 ms (default value). It can be set at
the OMC-R level.
� T_MIN_POLL: Minimum time between two consecutive polling requests .
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 60
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 60
� The UL transfer can resume at any time during the extended phase
2 Data Transfer Progress
Data Transfer Resumption during a UL TBF in Extended Phase
P. UL Ack/Nack (FAI=0, SSN = n+1)
RLC/MAC block (BSN=n, CV=0)
LLC PDU (last LLC)
T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL
USF
Dummy RLC data block
MS MFS SGSN
USF
Dummy RLC data block
USF
RLC/MAC block (BSN=n+1)
start
stop
USF
RLC/MAC block (BSN=n+2)
...
Active UL data transfer
Extended UL data transfer
Active UL data transfer
LLC PDU
P462
P462
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 61
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 61
2 Data Transfer Progress
TBF Resources Re-allocation
� 4 different TBF reallocations are permanently activated:
� T1: reallocation to maintain a TBF alive despite the CS preemption of someRTSs or of some GCHs in the cell
� T2: reallocation of an on-going TBF when establishing a concurrent TBF
� T3: reallocation useful to� Establish a new M-EGCH link for one of the TRXs of the cell
� Perform a “radio de-fragmentation” process
� Provide a higher throughput, if it is possible, to a TBF
� T4: reallocation to move a UL GPRS TBF sharing one PDCH with a DL EGPRS TBF onto PDCHs which do not support a DL EGPRS TBF. It concerns only GPRS TBFs
The scope of the T3 reallocation has been extended:
� To establish a new M-EGCH link for one of the TRXs of the cell.
� To perform a “radio defragmentation” process (i.e. to improve the TBF’s radio resource usage in the cell. The goal is that the PDCHs supporting the TBFs in the cell are always the first (or “left-most”)
allocated PDCHs of the cell). In particular, this will limit the risks that the TBFs are impacted by a CS
preemption.
� To provide a higher throughput, if it is possible, to any TBF in the cell.
� A higher throughput can be provided to a TBF by just changing its PDCH allocation (even if its
number of RTSs keeps the same). Typically, the throughput will be higher if the TBF is less
multiplexed (with other TBFs) on the new PDCHs.
� But the T3 reallocation will also enable to increase the number of RTSs of a TBF in the following
cases:
� for the MSs whose traffic type was “signalling” and has passed to “data” in RRM-PCC,
� or following the reception of an RR Allocation Indication message from the BSC allocating some
new RTSs in the cell
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 62
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 62
2 Data Transfer Progress
TBF Re-allocation of the 2 UL and DL TBFs on-going
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH+
RRBP delay
DL:P403aUL:P404a
T1
DL:P405aUL:P406a
DL:P403cUL:P404c
T3
DL:P405cUL:P406c
DL:P403dUL:P404d
T4
DL:P405dUL:P406d
UL and DL Data transfer (new resources)
UL and DL Data transfer (old resources)
RLC data block
RLC data block
Packet timeslot reconfigure, polling
Packet control ack
the MS switches to the new resources
(max. 40 ms)
MS MFS
RLC data block
RLC data block
PACCHDL of DL TBF
PDTCHUL
PDTCHDL
PACCHUL of DL TBF
During the re-allocation procedure, the set of PDCHs allocated to the UL or/and DL TBF are modified. The following resources can be modified as well:
� the timing advance slot and index of the UL or/and DL TBFs,
� the PACCH slot of the UL or/and DL TBFs,
� the USFs allocated to the UL TBF,
� the UL or/and DL TFI.
During the radio resource re-allocation procedure:
� the TBF mode can not be modified.
� the EGPRS window size cannot be decreased. However the EGPRS window size in the DL (resp. UL) must be increased in case the number of time slots allocated to the MS in the DL (resp. UL) increases.
Timers
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH: the time a Mobile Station needs to switch to the assigned PDCHs after acknowledging a (re)assignment message (PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT, PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE).
� MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH = 40 ms (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.
�The 3GPP standard mandates the MS to switch to the new resources in 40 ms but some MSs can take more time.
Let us consider that an MS has 2 TBFs on-going in both UL and DL directions but is candidate for re-allocation in the UL direction only (T1 or T3 or T4):
� then the counter of re-allocation request in the DL direction is also incremented .
� At the end of the UL re-allocation procedure, the counter of DL re-allocation success is incremented whether the UL re-allocation has been successful or not because the counter of re-allocation request in the DL direction has been previously incremented.
Same consideration can be done when an MS has 2 TBFs on-going in both UL and DL directions but is candidate for re-allocation in the DL direction only (T1 or T3 or T4).
The MFS starts timer T_ACK_WAIT after sending a Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message to wait for MS acknowledgement (Packet Control Ack message).
� If Packet Control Ack is not received, the MS resends the Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message.
� If after the MAX_RETRANS_DL+1 attempts the MS has not acknowledged the resource re-allocation then both DL and UL are released.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 63
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 63
2 Data Transfer Progress
TBF Re-allocation of the Only TBF On-Going (DL or UL)
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH+
RRBP delay
DL:P403aUL:P404a
T1
DL:P405aUL:P406a
DL:P403cUL:P404c
T3
DL:P405cUL:P406c
DL:P403dUL:P404d
T4
DL:P405dUL:P406d
DL/UL Data transfer (new resources)
DL/UL Data transfer (old resources)
RLC data block
RLC data block
Packet downlink/uplink Assignment, polling
Packet control ack
the MS switches to the new resources (max. 40 ms)
MS MFS
RLC data block
RLC data block
PACCHDL of DL TBF / PACCHDL of UL TBF
PDTCHUL
PDTCHDL
PACCHUL of DL TBF / PACCHUL of UL TBF
The MFS starts timer T_ACK_WAIT after sending a Packet Downlink/Uplink Assignment message to wait for
MS acknowledgement (Packet Control Ack message):
� If Packet Control Ack is not received the MS resends the Packet Downlink/Uplink Assignment message.
� If after the MAX_RETRANS_DL+1 attempts the MS has not acknowledged the resource re-allocation then
the on-going DL/UL is released.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 64
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 64
2 Data Transfer Progress
TBF Re-alloc of On-Going UL TBF on DL TBF Establishment
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH+
RRBP delay
P404b
T2
P406b
UL and DL Data transfer (new resources)
UL Data transfer (old resources)
RLC data block
Packet timeslot reconfigure, polling
Packet control ack
the MS switches to the new resources (max. 40 ms)
MS MFS
RLC data block
RLC data block
PACCHDL of UL TBF
PDTCHUL
PACCHUL of UL TBF
LLC PDU
PDTCHUL
PDTCHDL
The MFS starts timer T_ACK_WAIT after sending a Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message to wait for MS
acknowledgement (Packet Control Ack message):
� If Packet Control Ack is not received the MS resends the Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message.
� If after the MAX_RETRANS_DL+1 attempts the MS has not acknowledged the resource re-allocation then
both DL and UL are released.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 65
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 65
2 Data Transfer Progress
TBF Re-alloc of On-Going DL TBF on UL TBF Establishment
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH+
RRBP delay
P403b
T2
P405b
UL and DL Data transfer (new resources)
DL Data transfer (old resources)
RLC data block
Packet timeslot reconfigure, polling
Packet control ack
the MS switches to the new resources (max. 40 ms)
MS MFS
RLC data block
RLC data block
PACCHDL of DL TBF
PDTCHDL
PACCHUL of DL TBF
PDTCHUL
PDTCHDL
Packet DL Ack/Nack with Channel requestPACCHUL of DL TBF
The MFS starts timer T_ACK_WAIT after sending a Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message to wait for MS
acknowledgement (Packet Control Ack message).
� If Packet Control Ack is not received the MS resends the Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message.
� If after the MAX_RETRANS_DL+1 attempts the MS has not acknowledged the resource re-allocation then
both DL and UL are released.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 66
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 66
2 Data Transfer Progress
Exercise
� Exercise: Using the trace 3, find the time when the DL transfer is
resumed
Time allowed:
30 minutes
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 67
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 67
2 Data Transfer Progress
TBF Resource Re-allocation, Failures
TBF resource re-allocation FAILURE
no new PDCH allocation can
be foundRadio pb BSS pb
External TBF release request
SuspendCell
reselection
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 68
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 68
� T1 case
� counter =
� if no new PDCH allocation can be found then the TBF marked for soft preemption will be released at T_PDCH_PREEMPTION expiry
� T2/T3/T4 cases
� counter =
� if no new PDCH allocation can be found then the on-going TBF continue with its current PDCH allocation
DL:P423a
UL:P424b/P424c/P424d
UL:P424a
DL:P423b/P423c/P423d
2 Data Transfer Progress
TBF Resources Re-allocation, Failures, no New PDCH
T3 re-allocation conditions
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 69
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 69
2 Data Transfer Progress
TBF Resources Re-allocation, Failures, Radio
DL:P407aUL:P408a
T1
DL:P407cUL:P408c
T3
DL:P407dUL:P408d
T4
UL and/or DL Data transfer (old resources)
RLC data block
RLC data block
Packet timeslot reconfigure, polling or,Packet downlink assignment or,Packet uplink assignment
Packet control ack
MS MFS
PDTCCHUL
PDTCHDL
PACCHUL of DL TBF
T_ACK_WAITexpiry
DL:P407bUL:P408b
T2
All these counters are incremented when the last MAX_DL_RETRANS+1 re-allocation attempt has failed
(Packet Control Ack message not received from the MS).
Re-allocation failures due to radio can be due to a problem on the DL path.
In case of trigger T2, the re-allocation failure of the TBF also leads to an establishment failure due to radio
of the TBF to be established in the opposite direction.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 70
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 70
2 Data Transfer Progress
TBF Resources Re-alloc, Fail, External Req., BSS
� External request
� Problem at BSS level
� no specific counter
UL and/or DL Data transfer (old resources)
RLC data block
RLC data block
Packet timeslot reconfigure, polling or,Packet downlink assignment or,Packet uplink assignment
MS suspend
MS MFS
PDTCCHUL
PDTCHDL
GSL
T_ACK_WAIT
BSC SGSN
Flush-LLOROR
DL:P425aUL:P426a
T1
DL:P425cUL:P426c
T3
DL:P425dUL:P426d
T4
DL:P425bUL:P426b
T2
"External Stop"
Re-allocation failures due to radio can be due to a problem on the DL path.
In case of trigger T2, the re-allocation failure of the TBF also leads to an establishment failure due to radio
of the TBF to be established in the opposite direction.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 71
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 71
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators
� DL and UL TBF progress
TBF establishment
TBF statistics:
-duration, number, throughput,
- distribution
time
TBF release
Delayed DL TBF: active/delayed phase,
transfer resumption
TBF resources re-allocation
Triggers T1. T2. T3.T4
Number of candidate TBFs
Number of successes and success rate
Failures: congestion, radio, BSS,
external request
modified B10
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 72
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 72
� DL and UL TBF progress: TBF statistics
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, TBF Statistics
TBF statistics
Downlink Uplink
Average GPRS TBF duration
in ack mode
(P52a / 10) / (P90a + P90b +
P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f)
Average GPRS TBF duration
in ack mode
(P129a / 10) / (P30a + P30b +
P30c)
Average GPRS TBF duration
in nack mode
(P52b / 10) / (P90a + P90b +
P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f)
Average GPRS TBF duration
in nack mode
(P129b / 10) / (P30a + P30b +
P30c)
Average EGPRS TBF
duration in ack mode
(P52c / 10) / (P90a + P90b +
P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f)
Average EGPRS TBF
duration in ack mode
(P129c / 10) / (P30a + P30b +
P30c)
Average EGPRS TBF
duration in nack mode (P52d / 10) / (P90a + P90b +
P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f)
Average EGPRS TBF
duration in nack mode (P129d / 10) / (P30a + P30b +
P30c)
Maximum number of TBF
simultaneously established
p35 Maximum number of TBF
simultaneously established
p39
Average number of TBF
simultaneously established
p36 / 10 Average number of TBF
simultaneously established
p40 / 10
Average useful throughput
in kbit/s at RLC level per
TBF
Σ CELL (P55a*160 + P55b*240
+ P55c*288 + P55d*400 +
P55e*176 + P55f*224 +
P55g*296 + P55h*352 +
P55i*448 + P55j*592 +
(P55k*896 + P55l*1088 +
P55m*1184)/2) / ((P52a +
p52c)*1000)
Average useful throughput in
kbit/s at RLC level per TBF Σ
CELL (P57a*160 + P57b*240 +
P57c*288 + P57d*400 +
P57e*176 + P57f*224 +
P57g*296 + P57h*352 + (
P57i*448 + P57j*592 +
(P57k*896 + P57l*1088 +
P57m*1184)/2)) / ((P129a +
P129c)*1000)
KPI KPI
The max nb of TBFs simultaneously established is meaningful per hour or per day.
The average nb of TBFs simultaneously established is less reliable due to the difference between the gauge
polling period and the average TBF duration.
Note : The RLC blocks retransmissions are not counted in both directions.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 73
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 73
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, TBF Statistics [cont.]
� DL and UL TBF progress: TBF statistics
B10
P461Cumulated overall time of UL TBF connections (in active state or extended phase).
CUMULATED_ACT_EXT_UL_CONNECTION_TIME
P452
Cumulated time during which a DL TBF established for GMM signalling purposes uses a PDCH (in GPRS or EGPRS mode), for all TBFs of the cell.
CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_GMM_SIG_CELL
P595Cumulated overall time of UL TBF in active state operating in EDA mode
CUMULATED_TIME_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EDA_MODE
P451bCumulated time during which an DL TBF uses one PDCH, for all PDCHs of the TBF, and for all TBFs of the cell (in GPRS or EGPRS mode).
CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_CELL
P451aCumulated time during which an UL TBF uses one PDCH, for all PDCHs of the TBF, and for all TBFs of the cell (in GPRS or EGPRS mode).
CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_UL_TBF_CELL
RefdefinitionIndicator name
new B10
P452:
For a given DL TBF, this counter is started at the establishment of the DL TBFs established to carry GMM
signaling traffic to the MS. It is stopped at the end of the active phase of the DL TBF or on receipt of a DL
LLC PDU without the T-bit set.
P451:
Note: Active , delayed, extended phases of the TBF are taken into account (only).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 74
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 74
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, Distributions
� Distribution based on TBF duration
DefinitionULDL
P453a_1
P453a_2
P453a_3
P453a_4
P453a_5
P453a_6
P453a_7
P453a_8
P453a_9
P453a_10
Tenth interval of the distribution on duration of DL/UL TBFs.
For DL It contains :
number of DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 10
Duration band 10 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10
P453b_10
Third cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.P453b_3
Second cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.P453b_2
Seventh cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.P453b_7
Sixth cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.P453b_6
Fifth cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.P453b_5
Fourth cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.P453b_4
First cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.P453b_1
Eighth cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.P453b_8
Ninth cell of the duration on DL/UL TBF duration.P453b_9
Note:
DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLC unacknowledged mode are taken into
account. Only the active phase of the TBF is taken into account.
Default OMC-R parameter values in seconds:
� PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 = 1639
� PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 = 3277.5
� PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 = 4916
� PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 = 6554.5
� PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 = 8193
� PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 = 9831.5
� PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 = 11470
� PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 = 13108.5
� PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 = 14747
� PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 = 16384 (cannot be modified at the OMC-R)
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 75
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 75
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, Distributions [cont.]
� Distribution based on LLC volume
DefinitionULDL
P454a_1
P454a_2
P454a_3
P454a_4
P454a_5
P454a_6
P454a_7
P454a_8
P454a_9
P454a_10
Tenth interval of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBFs.
For DL It contains :
number of DL TBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 10.
LLC volume band 10 is defined by :
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8<= LLC volume < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9
P454b_10
Third cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.P454b_3
Second cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.P454b_2
Seventh cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.P454b_7
Sixth cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.P454b_6
Fifth cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.P454b_5
Fourth cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.P454b_4
First cell of the distribution on volume of DL/ULTBF.P454b_1
Eighth cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.P454b_8
Ninth cell of the distribution on volume of DL/UL TBF.P454b_9
Only the active phase of the TBF is taken into account.
Default OMC-R parameter values in bytes:
� PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 = 10 000 000
� PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_2 = 20 000 000
� PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_3 = 30 000 000
� PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_4 = 40 000 000
� PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_5 = 50 000 000
� PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_6 = 60 000 000
� PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_7 = 70 000 000
� PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_8 = 80 000 000
� PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_9 = 90 000 000
� PD_DL_TBF_ VOLUME _THR_10 = 100 000 000 (cannot be modified at the OMC-R)
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 76
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 76
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, Distributions [cont.]
� Distribution based on GPRS LLC Throughput per session
B10
DefinitionULDL
P532a_1
P532a_2
P532a_3
P532a_4
P532a_5
P532a_6
P532a_7
P532a_8
P532a_9
P531a_10
Tenth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput.
It contains :
1) number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC throughput class 10.
GPRS LLC throughput class 10 is defined by :
GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9<= LLC throughput < GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10
P532b_10
Third class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP532b_3
Second class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP532b_2
Seventh class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP532b_7
Sixth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP532b_6
Fifth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP532b_5
Fourth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP532b_4
First class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP532b_1
Eighth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP532b_8
Ninth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP532b_9
Parameter values in kbits/s (cannot be modified at the OMC-R):
� GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1= 10
� GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_2 = 20
� GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_3 = 30
� GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_4 = 40
� GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_5 = 50
� GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_6 = 60
� GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_7 = 70
� GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_8 = 80
� GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_9 = 90
� GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_10 = 500
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 77
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 77
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, Distributions [cont.]
� Distribution based on EGPRS LLC Throughput per session
B10
tenth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP531a_10P531b_10
DefinitionULDL
P531a_1
P531a_2
P531a_3
P531a_4
P531a_5
P531a_6
P531a_7
P531a_8
P531a_9
P531a_11
Eleventh class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput.
It contains :
1) number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughput whose throughput is in EGPRS LLC throughput class 11.
EGPRS LLC throughput class 11 is defined by :
EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10<= LLC throughput < EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_11
P531b_11
Third class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP531b_3
Second class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP531b_2
Seventh class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP531b_7
Sixth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP531b_6
Fifth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP531b_5
Fourth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP531b_4
First class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP531b_1
Eighth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP531b_8
Ninth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL/UL LLC throughputP531b_9
Parameter values in kbits/s (cannot be modified at the OMC-R):
� EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1= 20
� EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_2 = 40
� EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_3 = 60
� EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_4 = 80
� EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_5 = 100
� EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_6 = 120
� EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_7 = 140
� EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_8 = 160
� EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_9 = 180
� EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_10 = 200
� EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT _THR_11 = 500
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 78
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 78
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, Distributions [cont.]
� Distribution based on PDCH usage
DefinitionULDL
P455a_1
P455a_2
P455a_3
P455a_4
P455a_5
P455a_6
P455a_7
P455a_8
P455a_9
P455a_10
Tenth interval of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.
For DL It contains :
number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band 10.
PDCH units band 10 is defined by :
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9<= allocated PDCH units < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10
P455b_10
Third cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.P455b_3
Second cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.P455b_2
Seventh cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.P455b_7
Sixth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.P455b_6
Fifth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.P454b_5
Fourth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.P455b_4
First cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.P455b_1
Eighth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.P455b_8
Ninth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL/UL TBFs.P455b_9
UL
This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in UL at the release of the UL TBF.
An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the assigned UL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of reception of
acknowledgement of final
PUAN).
DL
This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DL at the release of the DL TBF.
A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of the PDCHs that is used by the assigned DL TBF.
This distribution is computed at the release of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of timer T3192).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 79
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 79
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, Delayed DL TBF
� DL and UL TBF progress: Delayed DL TBF
Delayed DL TBF
Cumulated time of active DL GPRS TBF
connections
P52a + P52b
Cumulated time of active DL EGPRS TBF
connections
P52c + P52d
Percentage of time during which the DL TBF
connections are in the “active” state
(P52a+P52b+P52c+P52d) / P16 * 100
Percentage of time during which the DL GPRS
TBF connections are in the “active” state
(P52a + P52b) / P16 *100
Percentage of time during which the DL
EGPRS TBF connections are in the “active”
state
(P52c + P52d) / P16 * 100
Number of DL TBF transfer resumptions in
delayed release state
P422
Rate of DL TBF transfer resumptions per
established DL TBF
P422 / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f)
Number of DL RLC blocks containing only
dummy LLC UI Command PDU on PDTCH
P421
Number of DL RLC blocks sent on PDTCH P350a
Rate of RLC blocks containing only dummy
LLC UI commands on DL PDTCH
P421 / P350a
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 80
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 80
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, Other Throughput Statistics
INDICATOR AVERAGE USEFUL THROUGHPUT PER CELL
DEFINITION Average of useful throughput on DL or UL PDTCH at RLC layer
FORMULA DOWNLINK Σ CELL (P55a*160 + P55b*240 + P55c*288 + P55d*400 + P55e*176 + P55f*224 + P55g*296 + P55h*352 +
P55i*448 + P55j*592 + (P55k*896 + P55l*1088 + P55m*1184)/2) / (PERIOD*1000)
FORMULA UPLINK Σ CELL (P57a*160 + P57b*240 + P57c*288 + P57d*400 + P57e*176 + P57f*224 + P57g*296 + P57h*352 +
P57i*448 + P57j*592 + (P57k*896 + P57l*1088 + P57m*1184)/2)) / (PERIOD*1000)
THRESHOLD
COMMENT New formulas in B9 to take into account the new coding schemes in UL.
DL: The DL retransmitted blocks and blocks containing LLC dummy UI commands are not counted.
UL: The UL retransmissions are not counted. RLC ack mode only is considered.
REF NAME TRPDDA, TRPDUA UNIT Kbits/second
INDICATOR AVERAGE USEFUL THROUGHPUT PER PDCH
DEFINITION Average of useful throughput on DL or UL PDTCH at RLC level per PDCH in RLC acknowledged mode.
FORMULA DOWNLINK Σ CELL (P55a*160 + P55b*240 + P55c*288 + P55d*400 + P55e*176 + P55f*224 + P55g*296 + P55h*352 +
P55i*448 + P55j*592 + (P55k*896 + P55l*1088 + P55m*1184)/2) / (P38e*1000)
FORMULA UPLINK Σ CELL (P57a*160 + P57b*240 + P57c*288 + P57d*400 + P57e*176 + P57f*224 + P57g*296 + P57h*352 +
P57i*448 + P57j*592 + (P57k*896 + P57l*1088 + P57m*1184)/2) / (P38f*1000)
THRESHOLD
COMMENT New formula in B9 to take into account the new coding schemes in UL.The RLC blocks retransmissions are not
counted in both directions. Reference Time: Cumulated time during which the PDCHs are established.
REF NAME TRPDDPDA, TRPDUPDA UNIT Kbits/second
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 81
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 81
DL TBF state
05000
100001500020000250003000035000400004500050000
14/08
/2003
16/08
/2003
18/08
/2003
20/08
/2003
22/08
/2003
24/08
/2003
26/08
/2003
28/08
/2003
30/08
/2003
01/09
/2003
03/09
/2003
05/09
/2003
07/09
/2003
09/09
/2003
11/09
/2003
13/09
/2003
01020304050607080 Delay-
>ActiveSuccess
% Efficiency
% Active
� On RNO graphs:
� % Efficiency = Rate of DL TBF resumptions per DL TBF establishment
� % Active = Percentage of time during which the DL TBF connections are in the active state
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, DL TBF states, Graph
The typical values of the Efficiency rate and Active rate:
� Efficiency rate = 40%, 60%
� Active rate = 15%, 20%
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 82
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 82
� TBF resource re-allocation for each trigger
time
Resource re-allocation Request
Preparation efficiency rateFailures cause
• No PDCH can be found
Resource re-allocation Attempt
Nb of TBF candidate resource re-allocations
Resource re-allocation Success
Ratio of triggers
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, TBF Resources Re-allocation
Execution efficiency rateFailures causes
• Radio problems (real drop)
• External Stop
• BSS problem (real drop)
External requests: FLUSH_LL received from the SGSN, Suspended from the MS.
Split between Preparation and Execution phases is driven by the fact that the problems to be interpreted
during re-allocation are relating to the Trigger type.
A TBF Re-allocation is analogue to an Intra cell HO in GPRS.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 83
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 83
� DL and UL TBF progress: Resources re-allocation T1
TBF resources re-allocation : trigger T1
Downlink Uplink
Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc P403a Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc P404a
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T1 P403a / (P403a + P403b +
P403c + P403d)
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T1 P404a / (P404a + P404b +
P404c + P404d)
Nb of resource realloc successes P405a Nb of resource realloc successes P406a
Resource realloc success rate P405a / P403a Resource realloc success rate P406a / P404a
Nb of resource realloc exec fail due to
radio problems
P407a Nb of resource realloc exec fail due to
radio problems
P408a
Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radio
problems
P407a / P403a Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radio
problems
P408a / P404a
Nb of resource realloc preparation failures
because no PDCH could be found
P423a Nb of resource realloc preparation failures
because no PDCH could be found
P424a
Resource realloc preparation fail rate due
to lack of radio resources
P423a / P403a Resource realloc preparation fail rate due
to lack of radio resources
P424a / P404a
Resource realloc prep efficiency rate (P403a - P423a) / P403a Resource realloc prep efficiency rate (P404a - P424a) / P404a
Nb of resource realloc failures due external
request (suspension request or Flush
message) during exec of the realloc
procedure
P425a Nb of resource realloc failures due external
request (suspension request or Flush
message) during exec of the realloc
procedure
P426a
Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
P403a - P423a - P425a -
P407a - P405a
Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
P404a - P424a - P426a -
P408a - P406a
Exec fail rate due to BSS pb (P403a - P423a - P425a -
P407a - P405a) / P403a
Exec fail rate due to BSS pb (P404a - P424a - P426a -
P408a - P406a) / P404a
Resource realloc exec efficiency rate P405a / (P403a - P423a) Resource realloc exec efficiency rate P406a / (P404a - P424a)
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, TBF Resources Re-allocation, Trigger T1
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 84
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 84
� DL and UL TBF progress: Resources re-allocation T2
TBF resources re-allocation : trigger T2
Downlink Uplink
Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc P403b Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc P404b
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T1 P403b/ (P403a + P403b +
P403c + P403d)
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T1 P404b / (P404a + P404b +
P404c + P404d)
Nb of resource realloc successes P405b Nb of resource realloc successes P406b
Resource realloc success rate P405b / P403b Resource realloc success rate P406b / P404b
Nb of resource realloc exec fail due to
radio problems
P407b Nb of resource realloc exec fail due to
radio problems
P408b
Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radio
problems
P407b / P403b Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radio
problems
P408b / P404b
Nb of resource realloc preparation failures
because no PDCH could be found
P423b Nb of resource realloc preparation failures
because no PDCH could be found
P424b
Resource realloc preparation fail rate due
to lack of radio resources
P423b / P403b Resource realloc preparation fail rate due
to lack of radio resources
P424b / P404b
Resource realloc prep efficiency rate (P403b - P423b) / P403b Resource realloc prep efficiency rate (P404b - P424b) / P404b
Nb of resource realloc failures due external
request (suspension request or Flush
message) during exec of the realloc
procedure
P425b Nb of resource realloc failures due external
request (suspension request or Flush
message) during exec of the realloc
procedure
P426b
Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
P403b - P423b - P425b -
P407b - P405b
Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
P404b - P424b - P426b -
P408b - P406b
Exec fail rate due to BSS pb (P403b - P423b - P425b -
P407b - P405b) / P403b
Exec fail rate due to BSS pb (P404b - P424b - P426b -
P408b - P406b) / P404b
Resource realloc exec efficiency rate P405b / (P403b - P423b) Resource realloc exec efficiency rate P406b / (P404b - P424b)
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, TBF Resources Re-allocation, Trigger T2
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 85
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 85
� DL and UL TBF progress: Resources re-allocation T3
TBF resources re-allocation : trigger T3
Downlink Uplink
Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc P403c Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc P404c
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T1 P403c / (P403a + P403b +P403c + P403d)
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T1 P404c / (P404a + P404b +P404c + P404d)
Nb of resource realloc successes P405c Nb of resource realloc successes P406c
Resource realloc success rate P405c / P403c Resource realloc success rate P406c / P404c
Nb of resource realloc exec fail due toradio problems
P407c Nb of resource realloc exec fail due toradio problems
P408c
Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radioproblems
P407c / P403c Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radioproblems
P408c / P404c
Nb of resource realloc preparation failuresbecause no PDCH could be found
P423c Nb of resource realloc preparation failuresbecause no PDCH could be found
P424c
Resource realloc preparation fail rate dueto lack of radio resources
P423c / P403c Resource realloc preparation fail rate dueto lack of radio resources
P424c / P404c
Resource realloc prep efficiency rate (P403c - P423c) / P403c Resource realloc prep efficiency rate (P404c - P424c) / P404c
Nb of resource realloc failures due external
request (suspension request or Flush
message) during exec of the reallocprocedure
P425c Nb of resource realloc failures due external
request (suspension request or Flush
message) during exec of the reallocprocedure
P426c
Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSSpb during exec of the realloc procedure
P403c - P423c - P425c -P407c - P405c
Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSSpb during exec of the realloc procedure
P404c - P424c - P426c -P408c - P406c
Exec fail rate due to BSS pb (P403c - P423c - P425c -P407c - P405c) / P403c
Exec fail rate due to BSS pb (P404c - P424c - P426c -P408c - P406c) / P404c
Resource realloc exec efficiency rate P405c / (P403c - P423c) Resource realloc exec efficiency rate P406c / (P404c - P424c)
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, TBF Resources Re-allocation, Trigger T3
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 86
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 86
� DL and UL TBF progress: Resources re-allocation T4
TBF resources re-allocation : trigger T4
Downlink Uplink
Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc P403d Nb of TBF candidate for resource realloc P404d
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T4 P403d / (P403a + P403b +P403c + P403d)
Resource realloc ratio due to trigger T4 P404d / (P404a + P404b +P404c + P404d)
Nb of resource realloc successes P405d Nb of resource realloc successes P406d
Resource realloc success rate P405d / P403d Resource realloc success rate P406d / P404d
Nb of resource realloc exec fail due toradio problems
P407d Nb of resource realloc exec fail due toradio problems
P408d
Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radioproblems
P407d / P403d Resource realloc exec fail rate due to radioproblems
P408d / P404d
Nb of resource realloc preparation failuresbecause no PDCH could be found
P423d Nb of resource realloc preparation failuresbecause no PDCH could be found
P424d
Resource realloc preparation fail rate dueto lack of radio resources
P423d / P403d Resource realloc preparation fail rate dueto lack of radio resources
P424d / P404d
Resource realloc prep efficiency rate (P403d - P423d) / P403d Resource realloc prep efficiency rate (P404d - P424d) / P404d
Nb of resource realloc failures due external
request (suspension request or Flushmessage) during exec of the realloc
procedure
P425d Nb of resource realloc failures due external
request (suspension request or Flushmessage) during exec of the realloc
procedure
P426d
Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
P403d - P423d - P425d -
P407d - P405d
Nb of resource realloc failures due to BSS
pb during exec of the realloc procedure
P404d - P424d - P426d -
P408d - P406d
Exec fail rate due to BSS pb (P403d - P423d - P425d -
P407d - P405d) / P403d
Exec fail rate due to BSS pb (P404d - P424d - P426d -
P408d - P406d) / P404d
Resource realloc exec efficiency rate P405d / (P403d - P423d) Resource realloc exec efficiency rate P406d / (P404d - P424d)
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, TBF Resources Re-allocation, Trigger T4
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 87
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 87
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators
� DL and UL TBF progress for DTM capable MS
TBF establishment
time
TBF release
Cumulated time of DTM operation
for DTM capable MS
Cumulated time of dedicated mode
operation for DTM capable MS
Cumulated time of PTM operation for
DTM capable MS
B10
DTM ser
vice
penetra
tion !
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 88
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 88
2 Data Transfer Progress
QoS Indicators, Cumulated Time of Operation for DTM MS
� DL and UL TBF progress for DTM capable MS
B10
P504Cumulated time during which a DTM capable MS is operating in packet transfer mode
CUMULATED_DTM_PTM_TIME
P503Cumulated time during which a DTM capable MS is operating in dedicated mode
CUMULATED_DTM_DEDICATED_TIME
P502Cumulated time during which a DTM capable MS is operating in DTM mode
CUMULATED_DTM_TIME
RefdefinitionIndicator name
P502:
� Starting: when in dedicated mode on the establishment of the first UL or DL TBF. (the first UL RLC data Blocks are
received from the MS (case of UL TBF) or the first Packet downlink Ack/Nack message is received from the MS (case of
DL TBF)).
� Stopping: when in DTM mode the CS session or PS session are , normally or abnormally, released.
Note:
� The common duration during which a UL and a DL are established is counted as one duration (UL and DL
common time durations are not cumulated).
� The time duration of all periods (active and delayed/extended) is taken into account.
P503:
� Starting: when the indication of start of a CS session is received (first BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication with
CS=1 received) or when, in DTM mode, PS session is, normally or abnormally, released.
� Stopping: when in dedicated mode, the first UL RLC data Blocks are received from the MS (case of UL TBF) or the
first Packet downlink Ack/Nack message is received from the MS (case of DL TBF) or when in dedicated mode, an
indication of stop of CS session is received (BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication with CS=0 received) or when in
dedicated mode, an indication of stop of CS session is received.
P504:Cumulated time duration of all UL / DL TBFs established over the Granularity period.
� Note: DTM capability of the MS is given in RA capabilities, which are known only:
� in case a DL LLC PDU has been received for this MS
� in case only an UL TBF exists, once the procedure for RA capability update is finished (provided
EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE=1)
� Note 1: This counter applies only to DTM capable MS not in dedicated mode.
� Note 2: This counter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs and to both ACK or UNACK mode.
� Note 3 : The time duration of all periods (active and delayed/extended) is taken into account.
� Note 4 : UL and DL TBF duration are not cumulated.
The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 89
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 89
3 Data Transfer Release
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 90
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 90
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Release B10
TBF ReleaseTBF Release
Normal Release Acceptable Release Abnormal Release
Cell reselectionCell reselection
SuspendSuspend
PDCH FastPre-emption
PDCH FastPre-emption
Due to CS operationin DTM
Due to CS operationin DTM
RadioRadio
Re-allocationexecution failure
Re-allocationexecution failure
OthersOthers
BSSBSS
GbGb
new B10
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 91
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 91
3 Data Transfer Release
Normal TBF Release
Normal TBF release
UL TBF release DL TBF release
Without Delayed Final PUAN
With Delayed Final PUAN
With Delayed DL TBF release
Without DL TBF Extension
With DL TBF Extension
With extended
UL TBF
DL TBF is said to have been extended in case of an UL TBF establishment during the DL TBF delayed release;
the DL delayed phase is extended up to the release of the UL TBF and restarted afterwards
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 92
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 92
� In case no DL TBF is established, it is better to delay the UL TBF release to be able to establish quickly a subsequent DL TBF on the PACCHDL of the delayed UL TBF rather than on CCCH or PCCCH
Active UL Data transfer
Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=1)
all blocks acknowledged
P22
one but last useful RLC data block (CV=1)
MS MFS
PDTCHUL
SGSN
last useful RLC data block (CV=0)
PACCHDL
Packet control ack
last LLC PDU
P22
Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=1), polling
3 Data Transfer Release
UL TBF, Normal Release, without Delayed Final PUAN
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 93
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 93
Active UL Data transfer
T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUANexpiry
last block not acknowledged
Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=0)
P22
Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=1), pollingPACCHDL last block acknowledged
Packet control ack
3 Data Transfer Release
UL TBF, Normal Release, with Delayed Final PUAN
one but last useful RLC data block (CV=1)
MS MFS
PDTCHUL
SGSN
last useful RLC data block (CV=0)
PACCHDL
last LLC PDU
Timer T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN corresponds to the duration during which the UL is maintained “alive” in
order to be able to establish a DL TBF on PACCH:
� T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN = 0.4 s (default value). It can be set at the OMC-R level.
� It should be long enough to let the server send its response to the uplink PDUs received from the MS,
while remaining short enough in order not to jeopardize the sending of further uplink PDUs by the MS.
� Setting T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN = 0 s leads to disable this feature.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 94
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 94
Active UL Data transfer
T_MAX_EXTENDED_ULexpiry
last block not acknowledged
Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=0)
P22
Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=1), pollingPACCHDL last block acknowledged
Packet control ack
one but last useful RLC data block (CV=1)PDTCHUL
last useful RLC data block (CV=0)
PACCHDL
last LLC PDU
USF
Dummy RLC data block
USF
Dummy RLC data block
3 Data Transfer Release
UL TBF, Normal Release, with Extended UL TBF
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 95
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 95
not last acknowledgement
Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=0)
P9
3 Data Transfer Release
DL TBF, Normal Release, Delayed DL TBF no Extension
one but last useful RLC data block (FBI=0)
MS MFS
PDTCHDL
last useful RLC data block (FBI=0), polling
PACCHUL
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIALlast block not mentioned
Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=0)
Dummy UI command (FBI=0), pollingT_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL
Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=0)
Dummy UI command (FBI=0), polling
Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=1)
Dummy UI command (FBI=1), polling
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_RELexpirylast block mentioned
last acknowledgement
Active DL data transfer
Delayed DL data transfer
DL TBF released
As soon as all the useful blocks have been transferred, the Delayed DL TBF release procedure is triggered in
order to allow:
� to send a coming LLC PDU frame using the same radio resources without being obliged to establish the DL
TBF again (T3192 running or not).
� the MS to establish a UL TBF on PACCH rather than on CCCH or PCCCH.
The DL TBF goes from Active state to Delayed state.
As the MS will trigger a local DL TBF release if it does not receive DL RLC data blocks (T3190 is running) the
MFS is scheduling Dummy UI command blocks in DL according to the following timers:
� T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL is the duration between the last useful RLC block sent to the MS
(eventually completed with a Dummy UI command) and the first Dummy UI command block sent during the
DL TBF delayed phase.
� T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL = 60 ms (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.
� 2 timers are used to define the period between 2 DL Dummy UIs sent to the MS:
� T_MIN_POLL (=60ms), in case of the MS is “alone” on the PDCH which carries the PACCH
� T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL (=200ms) in case of the MS is “multiplexed” on the PDCH which carries
the PACCH
� A global timer t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel monitors the whole Delayed DL TBF release procedure. At
t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel expiry, the DL TBF stays in Delayed phase before being actually released. This timer
corresponds to the typical response time of a network server as seen from this MFS.
� t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel = T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME = 1600 ms (default value). It can be set at
the OMC-R level.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 96
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 96
3 Data Transfer Release
DL TBF, Normal Release, Delayed DL TBF with Extension
MS MFS
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_RELis stopped
Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=0)with Channel request
Dummy UI command (FBI=0), pollingT_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL
Packet uplink ack/nack (FAI=1), polling
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_UL
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_RELis restarted
Delayed DLTBF releaseis on-going
T_ACK_WAIT
Packet UL assignment
USF Scheduling
UL RLC data block
Dummy UI command (FBI=0), polling
Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=0)
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_UL
Delayed DLTBF releaseis extended
Packet control ack
Dummy UI command (FBI=0), polling
Packet downlink ack/nack (FAI=0)
UL TBF establishme
nt
UL TBF is
releasedDelayed DL TBF release is resumed from beginning
UL RLC data block
If a UL TBF is established during a Delayed DL TBF release phase then:
� the countdown of this Delayed DL TBF release phase is stopped (timer t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel).
� the Dummy UI command blocks are sent in the DL in order that the MS does not release the DL TBF.
The Delayed DL TBF release phase is said to be extended.
Two cases of UL TBF should be considered:
� “question-answer” traffic: corresponds to WAP services or WEB browsing where the UL command induced by the user are small and usually lead to a transfer of only one LLC PDU:
� The UL polling period induced by Dummy UI command scheduling is kept to T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_ POL.
� T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL = 60ms (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.
� Other cases: correspond to applications like UL FTP file transfer where a lot of LLC PDUs have to be transferred during the same TBF:
�The UL polling period induced by Dummy UI command sending is increased to T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_ UL in order to decrease the UL load due to the Delayed DL TBF release phase in favor of the UL FTP throughput .
� T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_UL = 2 s (default value). It cannot be set at the OMC-R level.
As soon as the UL TBF is released, the Delayed DL TBF:
� the countdown of the Delayed DL TBF release procedure is resumed from the beginning (t_delayed_dl_tbf_rel restarted).
� the scheduling period of Dummy UI command blocks for the Delayed DL TBF is set back to T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_ POL.
At the end of a Delayed DL TBF procedure, the DL TBF is released and the counter P9 is incremented whether the Delayed DL TBF phase has been extended or not.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 97
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 97
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Normal Release, Exercise
� Exercise1: Using the trace 1, find the duration between two consecutive Dummy UI command blocks during the Delayed DL TBF release procedure
� Exercise 2: Using trace number 9, find duration of the extended phase
Time allowed:
30 minutes
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 98
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 98
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Acceptable Release B10
Acceptable Release
Cell reselectionCell reselection SuspendSuspend PDCH FastPre-emption
PDCH FastPre-emption
CS operationin DTM
CS operationin DTM
MS is reselecting a neighbor cell while in PTM
MS is reselecting a neighbor cell while in PTM
MS is establishing a CS
connection while in PTM
MS is establishing a CS
connection while in PTM
PDCH carrying PACCH of the TBF is to be released
PDCH carrying PACCH of the TBF is to be released
CS connection while MS in PTM
CS connection while MS in PTM
Intercell or intracell HO
Intercell or intracell HO
Normal TCH release during
DTM
Normal TCH release during
DTM
new B10
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 99
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 99
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Acceptable Release, Cell Reselection, NC0 Scenario 1
MFS
serving cell
MFS
target cellMS
DL transfer
useful RLC data block, polling
Packet DL Ack/Nack
useful RLC data block
useful RLC data block
PDTCHDL
PACCHUL
useful RLC data block, polling
SGSN
The MS decides for cell
reselection
LLC PDU(TLLI,new BVCI)
FLUSH-LL(TLLI,old BVCI)
FLUSH-LL ACK
(TLLI)
UL transfer establishment in the new cell
UL transferThe MS sends an LLC PDU to warn the SGSN about its new cell location
P434d
DL
P434c
UL
P396aP396b
N3105 ++
Counter P434d (resp.P434c) gives the number of DL (resp. UL) TBFs which have been released due to an NC0
reselection. It is therefore incremented in this scenario.
In this scenario where the FLUSH-LL message is received before the Radio Link Supervision counter N3105
reaches the limit, N3105 is stopped when the FLUSH_LL message is received.Therefore the TBF release is
not counted as an abnormal release due to radio. P302b_x (resp. P302c_x) is not incremented. Only P396a
(resp. P396b) counting the number of TBF release due to the reception of a FLUSH_LL message is
incremented.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 100
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 100
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Acceptable Release, Cell Reselection, NC0 Scenario 2
MSMFS
serving cellDL transfer
useful RLC data block, polling
Packet DL Ack/Nack
useful RLC data block
useful RLC data block
PDTCHDL
PACCHUL
useful RLC data block, polling
SGSNMFS
target cell
The MS decides for cell
reselection
LLC PDU
(TLLI,new BVCI)
FLUSH-LL
(TLLI,old BVCI)
FLUSH-LL ACK
(TLLI)
UL transfer establishment in the new cell
UL transferThe MS sends an LLC PDU to warn the SGSN about its new cell location
P434dP434c
N3105 ++
N3105 limit
DLUL
P302b_xP302c_xT_WAIT_FLUSH
DLUL
RADIO STATUS
Counter P434d (resp.P434c) gives the number of DL (resp. UL) TBFs which have been released due to an NC0
reselection. It is therefore incremented in this scenario.
In this scenario where the FLUSH-LL message is received after the Radio Link Supervision counter N3105
reaches the limit, the radio resources are released when N3105 reaches the limit. Therefore the TBF
release is counted as an abnormal release due to radio. P302b_x (resp. P302c_x) is incremented whereas
P396a (resp. P396b) is not. The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH is started when the abnormal TBF release is triggered.
When the FLUSH_LL message is received while T_WAIT_FLUSH is running then T_WAIT_FLUSH is stopped and
P434d (resp. P434c) is incremented.
In case the FLUSH_LL message is received after T_WAIT_FLUSH has expired then P434d (resp. P434c) is not
incremented but P302b_x (resp. P302c_x) is.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 101
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 101
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Acceptable Release, Cell Reselection, NC2
UL transfer establishment in the new cell
UL transferMS sends an LLC PDU to warn the SGSN about its new cell location
MSMFS
serving cellDL transfer
useful RLC data block, polling
Packet DL Ack/Nack
useful RLC data block
P396a
useful RLC data block
PDTCHDL
PACCHUL
useful RLC data block, polling
P396b
SGSN
expiryPacket measurement report
PACCHUL
MFS
target cell
Better cell
⇓⇓⇓⇓MFS trigger
cell reselection Packet cell change order, polling
PACCHDLnew cell (BCCH,BSIC) Packet control ack
The MS switches to the new cell
T3158
T3158
Radio resources are released
locally
LLC PDU
(TLLI,new BVCI)
FLUSH-LL
(TLLI,old BVCI)
FLUSH-LL ACK
(TLLI)
T_ACK_WAIT
DL UL
T_WAIT_FLUSH
P434b P434a
The chart above corresponds to the typical scenario of an NC2 reselection.
The same P396a (resp. P396b) counter is incremented in case of a TBF release due to an NC0 reselection
provided that the FLUSH-LL message is received before a TBF drop is detected. This should almost always
happen in case of NC2 cell reselection since the Radio Link Supervision process is frozen after the BSS gets
the Acknowledgment of the Packet Cell Change Order message sent to the MS.
In case a TBF Abnormal Release is detected by the Radio Link Supervision process then P302b_x (resp.
P302c_x) as well as P434b (resp. P434a) is incremented but P396a (resp. P396b) is not.
T3158 = NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T NC2 in PTM or NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I in case of NC2 in PIM
= measurement report interval timer
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 102
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 102
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Acceptable Release, Cell Reselection, Counters
Cell reselection NC0+NC2P397
No TBF release TBF release
MS in PIM MS in PTM
TBF release due to flush
NC0+NC2
P396b / P396a
TBF release due to radio
P302c_x / P302b_x
TBF release due to cell reselection
NC2
P434a / P434b
NC0
P434c / P434d
Flush before T_Wait_Flush expiry
counter
UL TBF / DL TBF
No counter
incremented
after expiry
The chart above concerns the PM counters incremented during a cell reselection procedure.
P397 is incremented each time a FLUSH_LL is received by the MFS relating to a certain serving cell.
P396a, P396b, P434a, P434b, P434c and P434d are incremented only for TBF release during a cell
reselection procedure.
P302b_x and P302c_x are global counters relating to TBF abnormal release due to radio. They are
incremented when the TBF abnormal release is triggered due to a cell reselection or not.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 103
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 103
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Acceptable Release, MS Suspend, Scenario 1
MS MFS
DL transfer
useful RLC data block, polling
Packet DL Ack/Nack
useful RLC data block
MSC/VLR
P98c
useful RLC data block
PDTCHDL
PACCHUL
useful RLC data block
P98d
DL UL
SGSNBSC
The MS enters the CS dedicated mode
Suspend MS Suspend Suspend PDU
P98e P98f
DL TBF Release due to Suspend
DL UL
P98a P98b
The counter(s) P98c and/or P98d are incremented counts the number of MS SUSPEND messaged received for
a DL (resp UL) TBF.
If the TBF is released due to the reception of MS SUSPEND message then the counter P98a and/or P98b is
incremented,
The difference between P98a and P98e in DL (resp P98b and P98f in UL): see next slide.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 104
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 104
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Acceptable Release, MS Suspend, Scenario 2
MS MFS
DL transfer
useful RLC data block, polling
Packet DL Ack/Nack
useful RLC data block
MSC/VLR
P98c
useful RLC data block
PDTCHDL
PACCHUL
useful RLC data block
P98d
DL UL
SGSNBSC
Suspend MS Suspend
P98e P98f
Abnormal DL TBF Release
DL
P302b_x
T_WAIT_FLUSH
RADIO STATUS
If the TBF is released due to the reception of MS SUSPEND message then the counter P98e and/or P98f is
incremented, even if the TBF has been released before the reception of the suspend in the previous
T_WAIT_FLUSH seconds.
When TBF is released before the MFS receives the MS SUSPEND message, in this case the MFS increments the
Radio Problem related counter(s) P302b_x and/or P302c_x rather than the counter(s) P98a and/or P98b. In
this case the Radio related counter(s) is(are) incremented.
The counter(s) P98c and/or P98d are incremented in both cases since P98c (resp P98d) counts the number
of MS SUSPEND messaged received for a DL (resp UL) TBF.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 105
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 105
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Acceptable Release, Fast Preemption
MS MFS
DL transfer
useful RLC data block, polling
Packet DL Ack/Nack
useful RLC data block
P146
useful RLC data block
Packet TBF release
PDTCHDL
PACCHUL
useful RLC data block
PACCHDL
Traffic load ➚➚➚➚
⇓⇓⇓⇓The PDCH carrying
the PACCH of the TBF is released
P147
DL UL
A PDCH de-allocation following a PDCH preemption procedure can lead to a TBF release before the normal
end of the TBF if the PACCH of the related TBF is carried by the PDCH which is de-allocated.
This can be avoided thanks to the TBF Re-allocation procedure on Trigger T1. However if radio resources
are lacking the TBF Re-allocation can failed and the TBF is abnormally released.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 106
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 106
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Acceptable Release, CS Connection while MS in PTM B10
[PACCH]
BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (7)
CS paging
DL
MS BTS BSC MFS
P509
Paging CS (2)
PTM (UL or/and DL TBF (1)
P510
SGSN MSC
Paging Request
IMSIPacket Paging Request (3)
Packet Paging Request (4)
SDCCH Assignment (5)
SCCP Connection (6)
UL
DTM Connection
T_WAIT_DTM
PTM
DTM
Dedicated
� The DTM MS is in uplink or/and downlink packet transfer mode.
� The MFS receives a CS paging from the SGSN and checks whether or not the MS is in packet transfer
mode.� As the MS is in packet transfer mode, the MFS forwards the CS paging to the MS in a Packet Paging
Request message on PACCH. The MFS starts the timer T_WAIT_DTM to monitor the MS access after the CS paging. At this stage, the MFS does not force the release of the UL TBF and lets the RLC layer detect the abnormal DL TBF release.
� On receipt of the Packet Paging Request message, the MS aborts its on-going UL TBF, leaves the packet transfer mode, and enters the dedicated mode.
� The MS requests a SDCCH resource. The BSC assigns to the MS a SDCCH resource. � The BSC requests an SCCP connection and forwards the MS classmark to the MSC. As soon as the MSC
knows the IMSI of the MS and that the MS is DTM capable, the MSC shall send the Common ID message to the BSC (assuming that the MSC supports DTM).
� On receipt of the Common ID, the BSC informs the MFS that the MS has just entered the dedicated mode (through the BSC Shared DTM Info Indication message). This message also includes the classmark of the MS. On receipt of the BSC Shared DTM Info Indication message, the MFS forces the release of the previous TBFs provided that they are still alive and stops T_WAIT_DTM timer.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 107
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 107
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Acceptable Release, Intercell HO B10
BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (3)
DL
MSTarget
BTSBSC MFS
P509
DTM (1)
P510
SGSN MSC
HO Performed
HO execution (2)
UL
DTM Connection in the new cell
Serving
BTS
Old cell
BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (4)
New cell
Cell Update or RA Update
DTM
Dedicated
DTM
(incremented in the old cell)
� The MS is in Dual Transfer Mode.
� The MS performs its access in the new cell.
� At reception of BSCGP BSC Shared DTM info indication (CS_flag = 0, CS cause “intercell handover”) in the
old cell, the MFS deletes the MS context. � At reception of BSCGP BSC Shared DTM info indication (CS_flag = 1, CS cause “intercell handover”) in the
new cell, the MFS creates a new MS DTM context according to the information received from the BSC.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 108
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 108
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Acceptable Release, TCH Release in DTM B10
BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (4) DL
MS BSC MFS
P509
DTM (1)
P510
SGSN MSC
Clear Command (2)
UL
DL or UL TBF establishment
BTS
Channel Release (3)
DTM
PTM
PIM
� The MS is in Dual Transfer Mode.
� The BSC receives a 48.008 Clear Command message to release the CS connection.
� The BSC sends to the MS a 44.018 Channel Release message. On receipt of the Channel Release message,
the MS starts timer T3110, disconnects the main signaling link, aborts its on-going TBFs and returns to
the packet idle mode (listening to the (P)CCCH). At this stage, the MFS does not force the release of the
on-going TBFs and lets the RLC layer detect the abnormal TBF releases. At the transition from the dual
transfer mode to the packet idle mode, the MS shall enter the Transfer non-DRX mode period.� Through the BSC Shared DTM Info Indication message, the BSC indicates to the MFS that the MS has left
just the dual transfer mode. This message is also used by the MFS to indicate that the MS has entered the Transfer non-DRX period. On receipt of the BSC Shared DTM Info Indication message, the MFS forces the release of the previous TBFs provided that they are still alive.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 109
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 109
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF Abnormal Release
Real radio problems
Acceptable Release
RadioRadio BSSBSS GbGb OthersOthers
Re-allocation execution failure
Real radio link failureBlocking Situation
Blocking Situation
new B10
Radio Link Failure
Radio Link Failure
Some SuspendSome Suspend
Some cell reselectionSome cell reselection
Stagnating window
Stagnating window
N3105
Tx Efficiency
N3101
N3103
N Polling EUTM
Real radio problems corresponds to:
� TBF release due to a radio resource reallocation failure
� TBF release due to the Suspend or Cell reselection cases which are counted as a TBF release due to radio
problem
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 110
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 110
� Radio link failure:
� Real Radio link failure:
� Coverage
� Interference
� Too low efficiency of RLC blocks transmission
� Some Suspend :
� Some Cell reselection :
� Re-allocation execution failure:
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF, Abnormal Release, Radio
P302b_xDL P302c_xUL
DL
P407a+P407b+P407c+P407d
P408a+P408b+P408c+P408d
UL
P98c-P98aDL P98d-P98bUL
P434b+P434d-P396aDL P434a+P434c-P396bUL
A radio link failure can be due to a real radio problem like coverage, interference but also to undetected
problems at BSS level like bad hardware components, Abis microwave link transmission.
After a radio link failure, a RADIO STATUS message is sent to the SGSN on Gb interface with one of the following causes:
� “radio contact lost with the MS”: when the radio block transfer has been interrupted.� “radio link quality insufficient to continue the communication”: when the radio block transfer is not efficient enough.
Reminder:
� N3105 is the counter monitoring the radio link during a DL TBF. It is incremented each time a Packet
Downlink Ack/Nack message scheduled by the MFS is not received from the MS.
� N3101 is the counter monitoring the radio link during a UL TBF. It is incremented each time an up-link RLC
block scheduled by the MFS is not received from the MS.
� N3103 is the counter monitoring the normal end of a UL TBF. It is incremented each time the Final Packet
Control Ack message scheduled by the MFS at the end of the UL TBF is not received from the MS.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 111
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 111
� Gb:
� BSS: no specific counter
� Other abnormal release cases:
� Blocking situation (MS error, too high UL traffic)
� Stagnating transmission window
(MS error, radio problem)
3 Data Transfer Release
TBF, Abnormal Release, Gb, BSS, Others
P303a P303b
DL UL
P11 P24
DL UL
P385a P385b
.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 112
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 112
3 Data Transfer Release
Exercise
� Exercise 1: Using the trace 11, find which kind of TBF release is observed
� Exercise 2: Using the trace 13, find which kind of TBF release is observed
Time allowed:
30 minutes
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 113
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 113
� DL and UL TBF release
TBF establishment
time
TBF end Normal release rate
Acceptable release rate
Drop causes
PDCH fast preemption
Suspend procedure
Radio
Radio fail during resource re-alloc exec
BSS
Gb
Other problems: blocking situation +
N_stagnating window
Cell reselection
3 Data Transfer Release
QoS Indicators B10
CS operation in DTMnew B10
modified B10
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 114
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 114
� DL and UL TBF release: Drop rate
3 Data Transfer Release
QoS Indicators, KPI B10
A MODIFIER
P510 / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)Release rate due to CS operation in DTM
P509 / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)
Release rate due to CS operation in DTM
(P434a + P434c) / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)
Release rate due to Flush message
(P434b + P434d) / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)
Release rate due to cell reselection
P98b / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)Release rate due to suspend procedure from MS
P98a / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)
Release rate due to suspend procedure from MS
P147 / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)Release rate due to PDCH fast pre-emption
P146 / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)
Release rate due to PDCH fast pre-emption
(P30a + P30b + P30c + P508 - P22 -P147 - P98d - P434a - P434c - P510) / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)
Drop rate(P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f - P9 - P146 - P98c - P434b -P434d - P509) / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)
Drop rate
(P147 + P98d + P434a + P434c + P510) / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)
Acceptable release rate(P146 + P98c + P434b + P434d + P509) / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)
Acceptable release rate
P22 / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)Normal release rateP9 / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)
Normal release rate
UplinkDownlink
TBF releases and drops
KPI
KPI
KPI
KPI
KPI
KPI
new B10 new B10
.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 115
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 115
� DL and UL TBF release: TBF drops
3 Data Transfer Release
QoS Indicators, TBF Abnormal Release B10
(GPRS_UL_TBF_drop -
GPRS_UL_TBF_real_drop_radio -
GPRS_UL_TBF_drop_GB -
GPRS_UL_TBF_drop_N_stagnatingWindow -
GPRS_UL_TBF_drop_blocking)
/ GPRS_UL_TBF_success
BSS problem(GPRS_DL_TBF_drop -
GPRS_DL_TBF_real_drop_radio -
GPRS_DL_TBF_drop_GB -
GPRS_DL_TBF_drop_N_stagnatingWindow -
GPRS_DL_TBF_drop_blocking)
/ GPRS_DL_TBF_success
BSS problem
P303b / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)Blocking situationP303a / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e +
P90f + P506)
Blocking situation
P385b / (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)N_StagnatingWindowP385a / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e +
P90f + P506)
N_StagnatingWindow
P24 / ( P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)Gb problemP11 / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f
+ P506)
Gb problem
(P408a + P408b + P408c + P408d) / (P30a + P30b
+ P30c + P508)
Radio failure during
radio resource realloc
execution
(P407a + P407b + P407c + P407d) / (P90a + P90b
+ P90c + P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)
Radio failure during
radio resource realloc
execution
(P302c_1 + P302c_2 + P302c_3 + P302c_4/ -
(P98d - P98b) - (P434a + P434c - P396b) + P408a
+P408b + P408c + P408d) / (P30a + P30b + P30c +
P508)
Real radio drop rateP302b_1 + P302b_2 - (P98c - P98a) - (P434b +
P434d - P396a) + P407a +P407b + P407c +
P407d) / (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d + P90e +
P90f + P506)
Real radio drop rate
P302c_1 + P302c_2 + P302c_3 + P302c_4/ (P30a +
P30b + P30c + P508)
Radio problem : real
radio pb +
reselections
P302b_1 + P302b_2 / (P90a + P90b + P90c +
P90d + P90e + P90f + P506)
Radio problem : radio
link failure
UplinkDownlink
TBF drop causes
P302b and P302c have been removed in B10 and replaced by (P302b_1 + P302b_2) and (P302c_1 + P302c_2 +
P302c_3 + P302c_4).
On a DL TBF:
� Radio problem: N3105 exceeds the limit (6) or too low TX efficiency (<10%).
� Blocking situation: no reception of the PDAN with Final indicator = 1 at the end of the Downlink TBF
during T_TBF_BCK_REL = 3 seconds (MS error) OR the transmission window of the MFS is stalled during
T_TBF_BCK_REL = 3 seconds (radio problem).
� Stagnating window: the RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowDL is incremented when the Same oldest RLC
data block in the transmittion window is not acknowledged by the received bitmap of the last Packet
Downlink Ack/Nack message.
The DL TBF is released because the RLC counter N_Stagnating WindowDL exceeds the system parameter
N_STAGNATING_ WINDOW_DL_LIMIT =8 (MS error).
On a UL TBF:
� radio problem: N3101 or N3103 exceeds the limits (48 and 1) or too low TX efficiency (<10%).
� Blocking situation: Reception of N_UL_Dummy_Limit = 15 dummy UL RLC blocks (MS error or radio
problem) OR no reception of the Packet Control Ack at the end of the Uplink TBF during T_TBF_BCK_REL = 3
seconds (MS error).
� Stagnating window: the RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowUL is incremented provided that the receive
window is stalled whenever a UL RLC data block whose BSN is different from the receive window state
variable V(Q) and is received a round trip delay after the previous sending of a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack
message.
The UL TBF is released because the RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowUL exceeds the system parameter
N_STAGNATING_WINDOW_UL_LIMIT = 8 (MS error or radio problem).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 116
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 116
� DL and UL TBF release: TBF radio drops
3 Data Transfer Release
QoS Indicators, TBF Abnormal Release [cont.] B10
P302c_1Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure. Considered radio failure is:- a radio link lost due to N3101 (N3101 exceeds its limit)
NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3101
P302c_2Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure. Considered radio failure is:- a radio link lost due to N3103 (N3103 exceeds its limit)
NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3103
P302c_3Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure. Considered radio failure is:- too low TX efficiency.
NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF
P302c_4
Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure. Considered radio failure is:- a radio link lost due to N_POLLING_EUTM (N_POLLING_EUTM exceeds its limit)
NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N_POLLING_EUTM
P302b_2Number of times a DL TBF is released because of a radio failure. Considered radio failure is:- too low TX efficiency.
NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF
P302b_1Number of times a DL TBF is released because of a radio failure. Considered radio failure is:- a radio link lost due to N3105 (N3105 exceeds its limit)
NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3105
RefdefinitionIndicator name
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 117
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 117
Downlink Data Transfer
050
100150200250300350400450500
14/0
8/200
3
16/08/2
003
18/0
8/200
3
20/08/2
003
22/0
8/200
3
24/0
8/200
3
26/08/2
003
28/0
8/200
3
30/0
8/200
3
01/0
9/200
3
03/0
9/200
3
05/0
9/200
3
07/0
9/200
3
09/0
9/200
3
11/0
9/200
3
13/0
9/200
3
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
BSS pb
Gb drop
BlockingdropStagnat drop
Radio pb
% AccRelease% NormRelease
Uplink Data Transfer
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
14/0
8/200
3
16/0
8/200
3
18/0
8/200
3
20/0
8/200
3
22/08/2
003
24/0
8/200
3
26/0
8/200
3
28/0
8/200
3
30/0
8/200
3
01/0
9/200
3
03/0
9/200
3
05/0
9/200
3
07/0
9/200
3
09/09/2
003
11/0
9/200
3
13/0
9/200
3
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
BSS pb
Gb drop
Blocking pb
Stagnat pb
Radio pb
% AccRelease% NormRelease
3 Data Transfer Release
QoS Indicators, TBF Drops, Graph
The causes of drop during a DL data transfer are mainly radio problems.
The causes of drop during a UL data transfer are radio problems + blocking problems (MS error suspected
because seen on every network).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 118
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 118
� Thresholds
� When the Delayed DL TBF release is not activated and CS2 is not used at the beginning of the TBF:� the UL/DL TBF normal release rate is seen as good above 98%
� When the Delayed DL TBF release is activated or CS2 is used at the beginning of the TBF (default value):� The threshold of the DL TBF normal release rate should be lower
3 Data Transfer Release
QoS Indicators, TBF Drops, Graph [cont.]
The QoS threshold values assume that the MS mobility (reselection) is negligible.
The typical values for a DL TBF normal release rate:
� When a Delayed DL TBF release is activated: 95%
� When a Delayed DL TBF release is activated and CS2 is activated at the beginning of the TBF: 90%
� The longer the TBF duration the higher the probability to drop.
� There is a high probability to be in CS2 during the Delayed phase.
The typical values for UL TBF normal release rate:
� When CS2 is activated at the beginning of the TBF: 98.3%, 98.9%
� A UL TBF is often short.
� The Coding Scheme is always CS1 during the MS contention resolution (based on TLLI) for security.
RLS procedures are active during the delayed phase.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 119
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 119
4 MS Sessions / Transfers
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 120
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 120
4 MS Sessions / Transfers
Definitions
� Transfer
� Exchange of RLC data blocks between the MS and the BSS
� The bias of a transfer is the main direction of the transfer in terms of number of bytes transferred
� Session
� Uninterrupted sequence of data transfers between the MS and the BSS
� begin: a UL or DL TBF is established for an MS in PIM
� on-going: at least one TBF is established
� end: the last on-going UL or DL TBF is released
During a transfer the MS and the BSS exchange some RLC blocks either in UL only or in DL only or in the two
directions.
A transfer can correspond to:
� One complete TBF
� Part of one TBF
� Part of two TBFs
� One complete TBF together with part of one TBF in the other direction
The first transfer of a session corresponds to the start of the first TBF of the session.
Then the Alcatel BSS regularly determines the bias of the on-going transfer of the MS.
� The number of octets transferred in both directions is counted and averaged for that purpose.
� If disabled, the bias remains the one chosen at the establishment of the TBF.
� By default, a transfer is deemed downlink biased (at first establishment), except in case the MS context is
created upon receipt of a 2-phase access UL establishment request, in which case the bias is set to uplink.
As soon as the bias of the transfer is about to change the ongoing transfer terminates and a new transfer
begins.
A session never ends when a DL TBF is released but at the expiry of timer T3192, in case there is no UL TBF
on-going in the meantime.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 121
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 121
4 MS Sessions / Transfers
Example
� A session made up of:
� 5 TBFs (1 DL, 4 UL)� 3 transfers (1 DL biased, 2 UL biased)
UL TBFs
DL TBFs active delayed
Bias UL DL UL
change of bias change of bias
Xfer 1 Xfer 2 Xfer 3
Session
Transfers
Transfer 1 and 3 are UL biased.
Transfer 2 is DL biased.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 122
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 122
4 MS Sessions / Transfers
Exercise
� Exercise 1: Using the trace 2bis, find bias direction along transfer
Time allowed:
30 minutes
B10
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 123
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 123
� Sessions and transfers
Session
Transfer
Number of sessions
Average duration
Cumulated time an MS is engaged in DL/UL biased transfers
% of time DL/UL TBF are granted the maximum nb of
PDCHs they support and the corresponding MSs are
engaged in DL/UL biased transfers
Average number of DL/UL TBF per session
4 MS Sessions / Transfers
QoS Indicators
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 124
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 124
� MS Sessions
4 MS Sessions / Transfers
QoS indicators, MS Sessions
( (P30a + P30b + P30c + P508)
/ (P413))
Average number of
UL TBF established
per session
( (P90a + P90b + P90c + P90d
+ P90e + P90f + P506) /
(P413))
Average number of DL
TBF established per
session
UplinkDownlink
(P419+ P420) / P413Average duration of a session
P413Number of GPRS and EGPRS sessions
GPRS/EGPRS sessions
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 125
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 125
� MS Transfers
4 MS Sessions / Transfers
QoS Indicators, MS Transfers
P410 / P412
% of time UL TBF are granted the
maximum number of PDCH they
support and the corresponding MS are
engaged in UL biased transfers
P409 / P411
% of time DL TBF are granted the
maximum number of PDCH they
support and the corresponding MS are
engaged in DL biased transfers
P410
Cumulative time UL TBF are granted
the maximum number of PDCH they
support and the corresponding MS are
engaged in UL biased transfers
P409
Cumulative time DL TBF are granted
the maximum number of PDCH they
support and the corresponding MS are
engaged in DL biased transfers
P412
Cumulative time MS are served by UL
TBF and engaged in UL biased
transfers
P411Cumulative time MS are served by DL
TBF and engaged in DL biased transfers
P420 / (P419 + P420)Uplink biaised ratioP419 / (P419 + P420)Donwlink biaised ratio
P420Cumulative time MS are engaged in UL
biased transfersP419
Cumulative time MS are engaged in DL
biased transfers
UplinkDownlink
Bias of the ongoing transfers
Determination of the Bias:
� Uplink: when a first UL TBF is established using the 2-phase access on a CCCH or PCCCH
� Downlink: in any other case
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 126
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 126
4 MS Sessions / Transfers
QoS Indicators, MS Transfers, Example
UL TBFs
DL TBFs
Bias UL DL UL
change of bias change of bias
Xfer 1 Xfer 2 Xfer 3
Session
Transfers
active delayed
3TS 4TS 4TS 2TS 2TS
2TS1TS2TS 1TS 1TS
PDCH preemptionof 2 TS
2TS
P411P409
timeP419
P420P412P410
DL
UL
Transfer 1 and 3 are UL biased.
Transfer 2 is DL biased.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 127
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 127
DL session
0
50000
100000
150000
200000
250000
14/08
/2003
16/08
/2003
18/08
/2003
20/08
/2003
22/08
/2003
24/08
/2003
26/08
/2003
28/08
/2003
30/08
/2003
01/09
/2003
03/09
/2003
05/09
/2003
07/09
/2003
09/09
/2003
11/09
/2003
13/09
/2003
86889092949698100102
Time Opt alloc
DL Time bias
Time bias
%Time OptAlloc
UL session
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
14/08
/2003
16/08
/2003
18/08
/2003
20/08
/2003
22/08
/2003
24/08
/2003
26/08
/2003
28/08
/2003
30/08
/2003
01/09
/2003
03/09
/2003
05/09
/2003
07/09
/2003
09/09
/2003
11/09
/2003
13/09
/2003
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Time Opt alloc
UL Time bias
Time bias
%Time OptAlloc
4 MS Sessions / Transfers
QoS Indicators, Graph
The typical values of the DL TBF optimal allocation time rate (without resource re-allocation):
� Without congestion (GSM+GPRS): 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%
� With congestion: 79.5%
The UL TBF optimal allocation time rate can be biased, due to the restriction on P29.
However, on small area, it can give typical values:
� Without congestion (GSM+GPRS): 68.5%, 76%, 92%, 98%
� With congestion: 98%
These typical values are highly dependent on the penetration rate of class 9 or class 10 mobiles (mobiles
able to use 2 TSs on the UL path).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 128
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 128
5 Resource Usage
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 129
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 129
� The BSS uses several resources to transfer data between the MS and the GPRS core network
� Air interface resources
� Physical channels: MPDCH, SPDCH
� logical channels:
� control channels� without MPDCH: BCCH, AGCH, PCH, RACH
� with MPDCH: PBCCH, PAGCH, PPCH, PRACH
� traffic channels: PDTCH
� associated signaling channel: PACCH
5 Resource Usage
BSS Resources, Air Interface
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 130
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 130
� The GPU resource (BSS internal resource)
� The GPRS traffic of a group of cells is handled by the GPU function mapped on a hardware component: the GPU board
5 Resource Usage
BSS Resources, GPU
G
P
U
8 PCM 8 PCM
Ater Gb
SGSNBSC
in MFS equipmentUL
Each GPU handles the GPRS traffic of cells belonging to the same BSS.
There is a maximum number of GPUs to monitor the traffic of one BSS.
Up to 240 PDCHs can be active at the same time on the same GPU.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 131
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 131
5 Resource Usage
BSS Resources, Abis/Ater Interface
TRX 3
TRX 2
TRX 1
� The Abis resources can be seen as a pool of Abis nibbles shareable between all TREs of a given sector (basic Abis nibbles) or all the TREsof a given BTS (extra and bonus Abis nibbles).
� An M-EGCH organizes the transmission resources (pool of Abis nibbles and Ater nibbles) given to a TRX for its PS traffic.
Abis Ater
M-EGCH 3
M-EGCH 2
M-EGCH 1
Scheme Modulation Raw data rate(in kbit/s)
Number ofGCH
CS-1 GMSK 8 1CS-2 GMSK 12 1CS-3 GMSK 14.4 2CS-4 GMSK 20 2
MCS-1 GMSK 8.8 1MCS-2 GMSK 11.2 1
14.8 2MCS-3 GMSK 13.6 2MCS-4 GMSK 17.6 2MCS-5 8-PSK 22.4 2
29.6 3MCS-6 8-PSK 27.2 3MCS-7 8-PSK 44.8 4MCS-8 8-PSK 54.4 4MCS-9 8-PSK 59.2 5
For EGPRS traffic, an EGCH physical channel is allocated per PDCH which is a set of n GCHs, n depending on
the maximum CS or MCS number that can be used on the PDCH:
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 132
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 132
� Gb interface resource
� A BVC is the logical identifier to which is linked the traffic of a cell carried over the Gb interface
� The traffic of all the BVCs controlled by the same GPU is multiplexed and carried by the 64 Kbit/s PCM time slots on the Gb interface
5 Resource Usage
BSS Resources, Gb Interface
GPU
8 PCM
GbBVCI=2BVCI=2
BVCI=1BVCI=1
BVCI=3BVCI=3BSC1
BVCI=5BVCI=5
BVCI=6BVCI=6
BVCI=4BVCI=4 BSC2
SGSN
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 133
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 133
� BSC – MFS messages
5 Resource Usage
BSS Resources, BSC - MFS Exchanges
RR Allocation Indication
RR Usage Indication
MFS
BSC
Thanks to the “Autonomous Packet Resource Allocation” feature, the MFS no longer needs to request
the BSC for additional SPDCHs (as in B8); as all the usable PS-capable radio timeslots are explicitly
allocated to the MFS through the RR Allocation Indication message. However, the RRM-PRH entity has
the responsibility for handling the RR Allocation Indication and RR Usage Indication messages,
especially for the following tasks:
� interpretation of the SPDCHs_Allocation bitmap contained in the RR Allocation Indication message
(in particular, if a SPDCH is removed in the bitmap, then a preemption process may have to be
started, cf. section B4 for more details),
� building and sending of the SPDCHs_Confirmation bitmap, the SPDCHs_Usage bitmap, the
SPDCHs_RadioUsage bitmap and the DTM_TCH bitmap, through the RR Usage Indication message.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 134
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 134
5 Resource Usage
BSS Resources, BSC - MFS Exchanges, GTTP UL B10
BSCGP DTM GPRS Info UL [1st segment](3)
MS BSC MFS
Dedicated mode (SDCCH/TCH) (1)
P513
GPRS Information [UL LLC PDU] (2)
BSCGP DTM GPRS Info UL [2nd segment](3)
UL LLC PDUs (4)
[main DCCH]
1. The MS is in dedicated mode and required to send GPRS signaling information to the SGSN (for
instance to perform a cell update).
2. Provided that the GPRS signaling information can be encoded in the MAX_LAPDm LAPDm frames,
the MS sends on the main DCCH the GPRS Information message to the BTS. The BTS assembles the
LAPDm frames received in the GPRS Information message and forwards it to the BSC on RSL.
3. The BSC forwards the GPRS information to the MFS through a BSCGP DTM GPRS Information UL
message. This message contains the 44.060 GPRS Information and the references of the MS (i.e., the
IMSI and the BSC reference).
4. The MFS decodes the 44.060 GPRS Information message and builds accordingly the UL LLC PDU.
Then, the MFS sends the UL LLC PDU towards the SGSN.
P513: Number of bytes received from the MS with the GTTP protocol.
This counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the UL LLC PDU carried in the BSCGP DTM
GPRS information messages received in MFS.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 135
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 135
5 Resource Usage
BSS Resources, BSC - MFS Exchanges, GTTP DL B10
BSCGP DTM GPRS Info DL (3)
MS BSC MFS
Dedicated mode (SDCCH/TCH) (1)
P514
GPRS Information [DL LLC PDU] (4)
BSCGP DTM GPRS Info DL ACK (4)
DL LLC PDUs (2)
[main DCCH] T_WAIT_DTM
1. The MS is DTM capable and in dedicated mode.
2. The MFS receives a DL LLC PDU with the T-bit set in the QoS Profile IE (for instance if the MS is
performing a RA update to send the RA Update Accept message).
3. As the MFS is aware that the MS is in dedicated mode, it checks whether the DL LLC PDUs can be
encoded in the MAX_LAPDm LAPDm frames available. If this is the case, the MFS builds the 44.060
GPRS Information message containing the DL LLC PDU and sends it to the BSC in the BSCGP DTM GPRS
Information DL message. In addition, the BSCGP DTM GPRS Information message contains the
references of the MS (i.e., the IMSI and the BSC reference) and possibly the SDCCH/TCH identity of
the CS connection.
4. The BSC forwards the message to the BTS on RSL. Then, the BTS possibly segments the message
and sends it to the MS on the main DCCH. The BSC acknowledges to the MFS the sending of DL LLC
PDU through the message DTM GPRS Information DL ACK.
P514: Number of bytes sent to the MS with the GTTP protocol.
This counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the DL LLC PDU carried in the BSCGP DTM
GPRS information messages sent by MFS.
Note: Possible repetitions of the messages are not taken into account i.e only the DL_LLC_PDU
acknowledged by BSCGP DTM GPRS information ack message are take into account.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 136
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 136
BTS BSC MFS
Selection of the Ater and Abis nibbles (1) (2)
Transmission-Allocation-Request (Ater nibble ids,
BSC Abis nibble ids, MFS connection references) (6)
RSL-Allocate-Abis-Nibbles (All the BTS Abis nibble ids) (4)
Abis nibble allocation to the TRE (5)
Ater to Abis nibble switching (7)
Transmission-Allocation-Confirm (Ater and BSC Abis nibble ids,
MFS and BSC connection references) (8)
Activate (TRE-Id) (10)
As many as the number of new GCHs in the M-
EGCH link
Activate-Ack (11)
The established GCHs can carry PS traffic
64K Ater TS cross-connection to DSP (9)
Abis-Nibbles-Allocation (All the BTS Abis nibble ids) (3)
Those two messages are sent in sequence
by the MFS
5 Resource Usage
BSS Resources, Scenario for GCH Establishment
This GCH establishment scenario is valid if there are free ABIS and Ater resources (nibbles).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 137
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 137
5 Resource Usage
BSS Resources, Scenario for GCH Release
MFS BSC BTS
Release (1)
As many as the number of GCHs to remove from the M-
EGCH link Release-Ack (2)
Abis nibble deallocation from the TRE (5)
Transmission-Deallocation-Command (BSC connection references) (6)
Transmission-Deallocation-Complete
(Ater nibble ids, MFS connection references) (8) , )
64K Ater TS decross-connection from DSP (9)
Release of the Ater and Abis nibbles (10) (11)
RSL-Allocate-Abis-Nibbles (All the remaining BTS Abis nibble ids) (4)
Abis-Nibbles-Allocation (All the remaining BTS Abis nibble ids) (3)
Those two messages are sent in sequence
by the MFS
Ater to Abis nibble deswitching (7)
This GCH establishment scenario is valid if there are free ABIS and Ater resources (nibbles).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 138
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 138
5 Resource Usage
Exercise
� Exercise 1: using trace 1 , identify the different messages for Abis and Ater resource allocation.
� Exercise 2 : using same trace find different messages for the deallocation of these resources
Time allowed:
10 minutes
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 139
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 139
� GPRS radio resources: PDCH
PDCH usage
Average, max, min number and reduction rate
of MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT
Cumulated time PDCHs:
- use at least one DL/UL TBF
- carry GMM traffic
PDCH dynamic establishment success rate
Soft preemption
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, PDCH
Smooth PDCH traffic adaptation
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 140
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 140
� GPRS radio resources PDCH: MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT Follow-up
INDICATOR MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT MIN VALUE
DEFINITION Minimum value of allocated SPDCH in the whole granularity period.
FORMULA Σ CELL (P416bis)
INDICATOR MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT MAX VALUE
DEFINITION Maximum value of allocated SPDCH in the whole granularity period.
FORMULA Σ CELL (P415bis)
INDICATOR MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT AVERAGE VALUE
DEFINITION Average value of allocated SPDCH over the observation period.
FORMULA Σ CELL (P414bis) / (PERIOD)
INDICATOR MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT REDUCTION RATE
DEFINITION Reduction rate of allocated SPDCH value integrated over the granularity period.
FORMULA Σ CELL ((P415bis*GP) – P414bis) / (P415bis*GP))
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 141
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 141
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, PDCH Usage
Cumulated time during which an UL TBF uses one PDCH, for all PDCHs of the TBF, and for all TBFs of the cell (in GPRS or EGPRS mode).
CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_UL_TBF_CELLP451a
Cumulated time during which an DL TBF uses one PDCH, for all PDCHs of the TBF, and for all TBFs of the cell (in GPRS or EGPRS mode).
CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_CELLP451b
Cumulated time during which a DL TBF established for GMM signalling purposes uses a PDCH (in GPRS or EGPRS mode), for all TBFs of the cell.
CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_GMM_SIG_CELLP452
Cumulated time during which a PDCH is used by at least one DL TBF (in GPRS or EGPRS mode), cumulated over all the PDCHs of the cell.
CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_DL_CELLP38e
Cumulated time during which a PDCH is used by at least one UL TBF (in GPRS or EGPRS mode), cumulated over all the PDCHs of the cell.
CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_UL_CELLP38f
DefinitionNameCounter number
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 142
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 142
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, PDCH Usage
Minimum number of used slave PDCHs in the .
MIN_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELLP496
Maximum number of used slave PDCHs in the cell.MAX_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELLP495
Soft pre-emption
Number of PDCH released after having been marked by the soft pre-emption procedure
NB_PREEMPTED_PDCHP417
Average number of UL+DL TBF candidates to a T1 reallocation per PDCH released after having been marked
(P403a + P404a) / P417
DefinitionNameformula
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 143
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 143
� GPRS radio resources: MPDCH
MPDCH usage
MPDCH signaling traffic
MPDCH resource allocation is static ⇒ no indicators
PPCH
PRACH
PACCH
PAGCH
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, MPDCH
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 144
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 144
� GPRS radio resources: MPDCH signaling
MPDCH signalling traffic
Dedicated PPCH signalling load on all the existing MPDCH P61
Number of PACKET PAGING REQUEST for PS paging sent
to the MS on PPCH
P61a
Number of PACKET PAGING REQUEST for CS paging sentto the MS on PPCH
P61b
Number of Packet DL assignment messages on PPCH P61 - 0.5*P61a - 0.5*P61b
Occupancy rate of PS paging messages on PPCH load 0.5 * P61a / P61
Occupancy rate of Packet DL assignment messages on PPCH (P61 - 0.5*P61a - 0.5*P61b) / P61
PRACH signalling load on all the existing MPDCH P399
PRACH signalling load due to NC2 feature P438d
% PRACH load induced by NC2 feature (P438d / P399) * 100
Dedicated PAGCH signalling load on all the existing MPDCH P400
UL PACCH signalling load on all the existing MPDCH P401
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, MPDCH Signaling
The Factor of 0.5 comes from the fact that a PACKET PAGING REQUEST can contain 2 paging messages (like
in GSM between Paging Commands and Paging Requests).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 145
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 145
� GPRS radio resources: CCCH
CCCH load RACH
PCH: PS paging, CS paging, Immediate assignment
AGCH
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, CCCH
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 146
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 146
� GPRS radio resources: CCCH load
CCCH load
Paging usage rate due to GPRS P53a / MC8A
PCH use due to GPRS Immediat Assignment P53c
Ratio PS/CS paging through SGSN P53a / (P53a+P53b)
RACH usage rate due to GPRS P62c / MC8C
AGCH usage rate due to GPRS (P49 + P27) / (MC8B + P49 + P27)
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, CCCH Load
P53a = Number of (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST for PS paging sent to the MS (through the BSC which manages
the PCH resource). (used for instance for an MT picture transfer MMS service).
P53b = Number of (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST for CS paging sent to the MS (through the BSC which manages
the PCH resource) -> Need of the Gs interface.
P53c = Number of (BSCGP) IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT sent to the MS (through the BSC which manages the PCH
resource) for a DL TBF establishment when the MS is in DRX mode.
GSM Paging Command (one per Mobile) or GPRS (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST are merged into PAGING REQUEST
on the radio layer.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 147
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 147
GPRS/GSM AGCH breakdown
050000
100000150000200000250000300000350000400000450000
14/08
/200
3
16/08
/200
3
18/08
/200
3
20/08
/200
3
22/08
/200
3
24/08
/200
3
26/08
/200
3
28/08
/200
3
30/08
/200
3
01/09
/200
3
03/09
/200
3
05/09
/200
3
07/09
/200
3
09/09
/200
3
11/09
/200
3
13/09
/200
3
00.511.522.533.544.5
PS AGCH
Tot AGCH
% PS AGCH
GPRS/GSM RACH breakdown
050000
100000150000200000250000300000350000400000450000
14/08
/200
3
16/08
/200
3
18/08
/200
3
20/08
/200
3
22/08
/200
3
24/08
/200
3
26/08
/200
3
28/08
/200
3
30/08
/200
3
01/09
/200
3
03/09
/200
3
05/09
/200
3
07/09
/200
3
09/09
/200
3
11/09
/200
3
13/09
/200
3
00.511.522.533.54
Tot RACH
% PS RACH
GPRS/GSM PCH breakdown
02000000400000060000008000000
100000001200000014000000160000001800000020000000
14/08
/200
3
16/08
/200
3
18/08
/200
3
20/08
/200
3
22/08
/200
3
24/08
/200
3
26/08
/200
3
28/08
/200
3
30/08
/200
3
01/09
/200
3
03/09
/200
3
05/09
/200
3
07/09
/200
3
09/09
/200
3
11/09
/200
3
13/09
/200
3
00.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91
CS PAging
PS Imm. As
PS PAging
%io PS Pag
CS AGCH
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, CCCH, Graph
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 148
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 148
� GPRS radio resources: Abis nibble
Abis nibble counters
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, Abis Nibble
Number of free nibbles:
- Minimum of free extra or bonus Abis nibble
Number of used nibble:
- Maximum number extra or bonus used nibbles
Cumulated Time during which there are free Abis nibbles
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 149
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 149
Abis interface - Abis nibble usage
Cumulative time (in seconds), per BTS ,during which there are free extra and bonus
Abis nibbles available.
P472
Cumulated time during which extra and bonus Abis nibbles are used in the cell, cumulated over all extra and bonus Abis
nibbles.
P466
Minimum number of free extra and bonus Abis nibbles.
P484
Maximum number of extra and bonus Abis nibbles currently used in the cell (by a GCH
channel)
P465
� GPRS radio resources: Abis nibble usage
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, Abis Nibble
Free Extra and bonus nibbles are given per BTS.
Free extra and bonus nibbles are extra and bonus nibbles not currently used in a GCH.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 150
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 150
� GPRS radio resources: GPU
GPU counters Overall traffic
MS capabilities breakdown
MS multislot class breakdown
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, GPU B10
modified B10
Processing limitation, GCH interface
new B10
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 151
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 151
GPU traffic
Number of LLC PDU transferred (UL+ DL) P104
Number of UL+DL TBF establishment requests per GPU P107
Number of UL+DL TBF establishment successes per GPU P106
(UL+DL) TBF success rate per GPU (P106 / P107) * 100
Number of PS PAGING request per GPU P391a
Number of CS PAGING request per GPU P391b
MS capabilities
Number of MS contexts created for Releases 1997 or 1998 mobile stations. P450a
Number of MS contexts created for non-EGPRS capable Release 1999
onwards mobile stations
P450b
Number of MS contexts created for EGPRS capable Release 1999 onwards
mobile stations.
P450c
Number of MS contexts created P450d Number of MS contexts created for MS supporting the Geran feature
package 1
P450e
Number of MS context created for DTM capable mobiles stations. P500
Number of EDA-capable GPRS and EGPRS MS contexts. P594
Ratio of MS contexts created for Releases 1997 or 1998 mobile stations. P450a / ( P450a+P450b+P450c)
Ratio of MS contexts created for non-EGPRS capable Release 1999
onwards mobile stations
P450b / ( P450a+P450b+P450c)
Ratio of MS contexts created for EGPRS capable Release 1999 onwards
mobile stations.
P450c / ( P450a+P450b+P450c)
� GPRS radio resources: GPU usage and MS capabilities
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, GPU Usage B10
new B10
P450d is incremented the first time the MS Radio Access Capability is received for a given MS context.
Note: This counter is incremented whatever the MS release or feature supported by the MS.
A mobile station is assumed to be Rel-4-compliant if it supports the GERAN Feature Package 1 (theoretically
it is not possible to precisely identify a Rel-4-compliant mobile station). Rel-4-compliant if it its GERAN
Feature Package 1 bit is set to 1.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 152
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 152
� GPRS radio resources: MS multislot class
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, GPU Usage [cont.] B10
P530a_3Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class belongs to the set of multislot classes of type 3X .
NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_3X
P530a_4Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class belongs to the set of multislot classes of type 4X .
NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_4X
P530a_2Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class belongs to the set of multislot classes 11 to 12.
NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_11_TO_12
P530a_1Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class belongs to the set of multislot classes 0 to 10.
NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_0_TO_10
RefdefinitionIndicator name
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 153
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 153
� GPRS radio resources: GPU load: DSP and CPU
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, GPU Load
P202This counter cumulates the time during which at least a DSP is in CPU
overload state
P201This counter cumulates the time during which at least a DSP is in CPU
load state
P77aMaximum PMU CPU power budget of the GPU
P76aAverage PMU CPU power budget of the GPU
P402 / GPPercentage of time during which the GPU stays in the PMU CPU
overload state due to PMU CPU power limitations.
P402Cumulated time during which the GPU stays in the PMU CPU overload
state due to PMU CPU power limitations.
P384 / GPPercentage of time during which the DSP is in congestion
P384DSP congestion duration (in seconds).
GPU load
PMU = Packet Management Unit, is responsible for the following tasks:
� RRM (Radio and Resource Management): for TBF, PDCH and MPDCH allocation/de-allocation, radio
resource re-allocation of existing TBFs, PS paging, PDU queuing and Packet System Information
� BSCGP stack management (MFS-BSC interface)
� Gb stack management (MFS-SGSN interface)
The PMU functions are supported by the PPC board (Power PC).
The DSP board supports the Packet Transfer Unit (PTU) functions:
� RLC layer management
� MAC layer management
� L2EGCH layer management
� L1EGCH layer management
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 154
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 154
� GPRS radio resources: GCH usage
GCH counters Cumulated time:
- GCHs are in excess in a cell
- GCHs are in deficit in a cell
- GCH is busy in a cell
- GPU is in Ater congestion
- GPU is in « high » Ater usage state
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, GCH
Number of GCHs:
- max number of GCHs busy per GPU
- max number of GCHs busy per cell
- Min number of GCHs busy per GPU
- max number of GCHs in deficit cell
.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 155
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 155
� GPRS radio resources: GCH load in time
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, GCH Load
P383b / GP% of time the GPU is in “high” Ater usage state
P383bTime (cumulated over a granularity period) during which the GPU remains in "high"
Ater usage
P383a / GP% of time the GPU is in Ater congestion state
P383aAtermux congestion duration (in seconds) due to a lack of GCH transmission
resources on the Atermux interface
P470Cumulative time (in seconds), per cell , during which there is a deficit of GCH
resources (16k channel).
P471Cumulative time (in seconds), per cell ,during which there is a excess of GCH
resources (16k channel).
P101Cumulative time (in seconds) during which a GCH resource (16k channel) is
available in the GPU
P100cCumulative time (in seconds) during which a GCH (16k channel) is busy in the cell.
The counter is integrated over all the GCH available in the cell.
Ater interface - GCH
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 156
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 156
� GPRS radio resources: GCH load in number per cell and per GPU
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, GCH Load
P100dMaximum number of busy GCH (16k channel) in the cell.
P100eMinimum number of busy GCH (16k channel) in the GPU.
P100fMaximum number of busy GCH (16k channel) in the GPU.
P469Maximum number of GCH in deficit reached in the cell.
Ater interface - GCH
For a DRFU BTS, a GCH is said busy when it is connected to a given PDCH.
For an Evolium BTS, a GCH is said busy when it is connected to a given TRX (as part as an M-EGCH).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 157
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 157
� GPRS radio resources: Ater nibble usage
Ater nibble counters
Number of free nibbles:
- Minimum of Ater
- Minimum of free extra or bonus Ater nibbles
Number of used Nibble:
- Maximum number extra or bonus used nibbles
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, Ater Nibble
Cumulated Time during which there are free Ater nibbles
given per GPU
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 158
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 158
� GPRS radio resources: Ater nibble usage
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, Ater Nibble
P474
P465
P484
P486
Cumulative time (in seconds), per GPU ,during which there are free Ater
nibbles.
A free Ater nibble is an Ater nibble not currently used by a GCH.
Maximum number of extra and bonus Abis nibbles currently used in the cell (by
a GCH channel).
Minimum number of free extra and bonus Abis nibbles.
Free extra and bonus nibbles are extra and bonus nibbles not currently used in
a GCH.
Minimum number of free Ater nibbles.
Ater interface – Ater nibbles usage
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 159
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 159
� Ater resources capacity must be increased for EDGE
� Example for one GPU board with 2 AterMux for GPRS
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, Impact of EDGE Activation
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
0,0%
10,0%
20,0%
30,0%
40,0%
50,0%
60,0%
70,0%
Total_Ater_GIC_available Ater_Cong_Rate
232 GCHs
348 GCHs
464 GCHs
2 AterMux are not enoughfor EDGE traffic
4 AterMux are neededto avoid Ater congestion
Ater_Cong_Rate = P383a / GP = Percentage of time all GCHs are busy in the GPU
Total_Ater_GIC_available = Number of GCHs available for traffic is not a counter but a configuration
variable depending on the number of AterMux connected to the GPU and which available for traffic
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 160
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 160
� DSP congestion can occur in the GPU even if enough Ater resources are available
� Same GPU: EDGE is activated cell by cell
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, Impact of EDGE Activation [cont.]
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
0,0%
0,5%
1,0%
1,5%
2,0%
2,5%
3,0%
Total_Ater_GIC_available GPU_Cong_Rate
232 GCHs
348 GCHs
464 GCHs
The more cells are EDGE capable the higher the GPU DSP congestion
GPU_Cong_Rate = (P384/10) / GP = Percentage of time the GPU is in DSP congestion
Total_Ater_GIC_available = Number of GCHs available for traffic is not a counter but a configuration
variable depending on the number of AterMux connected to the GPU and which available for traffic
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 161
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 161
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, BVC
� GPRS radio resources: BVC
BVC Number of DL LLC bytes
Number of UL LLC bytes
Received from the SGSN
Discarded due to congestion
Discarded due to a Suspend procedure
Received from the MS
Rerouted
Not rerouted
Well received from the SGSN
BVC availability
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 162
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 162
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, BVC, Traffic, Availability
� GPRS radio resources: BVC traffic, BVC availability
P67Time during which the BVC associated to a cell is unavailable for traffic
BVC (cell) unavailability
(P43 - P10 - P96) / P43DL LLC bytes well received rate
P43 - P10 - P96DL LLC bytes well received
P96DL LLC bytes not rerouted
P95Downlink LLC bytes well rerouted
P99 / P43% of DL LLC bytes discarded due to suspend procedure
P99Number of DL LLC bytes discarded due to suspend procedure
P10 / P43DL LLC congestion rate
((P43 - P10) * 8) / (GP * 1000)Average DL useful throughput in kbit/s
P23Number of UL LLC bytes discarded due to congestion at SNS level
P10Number of DL LLC bytes discarded due to congestion
P44dNumber of UL LLC bytes received from MS in EGPRS NACK mode
P43dNumber of DL LLC bytes received by MS in EGPRS NACK mode
P44cNumber of UL LLC bytes received from MS in EGPRS ACK mode
P43cNumber of DL LLC bytes received by MS in EGPRS ACK mode
P44bNumber of UL LLC bytes received from MS in GPRS NACK mode
P43bNumber of DL LLC bytes received by MS in GPRS NACK mode
P44aNumber of UL LLC bytes received from MS in GPRS ACK mode
P43aNumber of DL LLC bytes received by MS in GPRS ACK mode
P44Number of UL LLC bytes received from MSP43Number of DL LLC bytes received from SGSN
UplinkDownlink
BVC (cell) traffic
LLC bytes discarded: relating to the PDU LifeTime expiry or to the GPU buffer congestion (can be linked to
degraded DL Flow Control algorithm).
P99: The introduction of the Suspend-Resume mechanism between the MFS and the SGSN can generate GPRS QoS problems. If the suspend time exceeds the tolerable threshold for the distant server the MS is
connected to, it can generate disconnection from the server. Even though, the disconnection does not
mean that the PDP context is deactivated. It belongs to IP GSS feature (capacity to generate dummy IP
blocks to keep the Gi link alive).
P96 is likely to be sensitive to a lot of reselection problems an MS has to face in the GPRS network (no GPRS
resources available in the selected cell, reselection of an MS in a new cell belonging to a new MFS or a new
SGSN, etc).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 163
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 163
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, PVC and BC Unavailability
� GPRS radio resources: BVC
PVC Time unavailaibility
BC Time unavailaibility
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 164
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 164
� GPRS radio resources: PVC, BC unavailability
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, PVC and BC Unavailability
P33/GPPercentage of time during which the BC (Bearer Channel)
is not available on Gb Interface
P34/GPPercentage of time during which the PVC (Permanent
Virtual Connection) is not available on Gb Interface.
Gb interface – PVC, BC
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 165
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 165
5 Resource Usage
QoS Indicators, Graph
Details of downlink LLC traffic
0100000020000003000000400000050000006000000700000080000009000000
14/0
8/200
3
16/0
8/200
3
18/0
8/200
3
20/0
8/200
3
22/0
8/200
3
24/0
8/200
3
26/0
8/200
3
28/0
8/200
3
30/0
8/200
3
01/0
9/200
3
03/0
9/200
3
05/0
9/200
3
07/0
9/200
3
09/0
9/200
3
11/0
9/200
3
13/0
9/200
3
98.498.698.89999.299.499.699.8100100.2 Blocked bytes
DiscardedbytesNot rerouted
ReroutedbytesReceivedbytes%Well receiv
Details of uplink LLC traffic
0500000
1000000150000020000002500000300000035000004000000
14/0
8/200
3
16/0
8/200
3
18/0
8/200
3
20/0
8/200
3
22/0
8/200
3
24/0
8/200
3
26/0
8/200
3
28/0
8/200
3
30/0
8/200
3
01/0
9/200
3
03/0
9/200
3
05/0
9/200
3
07/0
9/200
3
09/0
9/200
3
11/0
9/200
3
13/0
9/200
3
UL sent bytes
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 166
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 166
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 167
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 167
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
Modulations and Data Rates
� Data rate per radio TS (RLC payload)
8PSK modulation to
provide higher data rates
GMSK modulation to
ensure a certain level of
performance in case of
poor radio conditions8.8GMSKMCS-1
11.2GMSKMCS-2
14.8 / 13.6 *GMSKMCS-3
17.6GMSKMCS-4
22.48PSKMCS-5
29.6 / 27.2 *8PSKMCS-6
44.88PSKMCS-7
54.48PSKMCS-8
59.28PSKMCS-9
EGPRS
9.05GMSKCS-1
13.4GMSKCS-2
15.6GMSKCS-3
21.4GMSKCS-4
GPRS
Maximum rate (kbps)
ModulationScheme
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 168
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 168
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
DL CS Adaptation
AV_RXQUAL_LT
AV_SIR
CS-1
CS-2
CS-3CS-4
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_X_Y+ CS_HST_DL_LT
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_X_Y
CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_X_Y
C S_QUAL_DL_3_4_X_Y
0
7
0 15CS_SIR_DL_3_4_X_Y CS_SIR_DL_3_4_X_Y +
CS_SIR_HST_DL
CS-1 or CS-2 (hysteresis)
CS-2 or CS-3 (hysteresis)
CS-3 or CS-4
(hysteresis)
CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_X_Y + CS_HST_DL_LT
BLER100% 0%CS_BLER_DL_3_4 CS_BLER_DL_4_3
The change from CS3 to CS4 is not only based on AV_RXQUAL_LT for the two following reasons:
� The RXQUAL range only goes down to 0.2%. However, the change of coding scheme from CS3 to CS4 will
probably have to be done for even lower values. Indeed, when the coding scheme is CS4, in static (AWGN),
a BLER of 0.1 (typical value of the BLER threshold to change from CS3 to CS4) is obtained for a raw BER of
1-(1-0.1)1/456 = 2.10-4. This raw BER would be larger in multipath channels but is likely to remain below
0.2%. This means that CS_QUAL_DL_3_4 should be close to 0 and that a condition based on RXQUAL is not
sufficient to change the coding scheme from CS3 to CS4.
� If the changes from CS3 to CS4 and from CS4 to CS3 are based on different metrics, a Ping-Pong effect can
occur. Indeed, it can happen that the conditions to change from CS3 to CS4 and CS4 to CS3 are
simultaneously true in some situations.
In case a TBF is established on PDCHs of a non-hopping BCCH TRX or on PDCHs using a FHS including the
BCCH frequency a new algorithm is used for adaptation between CS3 and CS4 based on BLER computation
and comparison to threshold. Indeed in these 2 cases most of the MS will not report any C/I measurements
on idle frames.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 169
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 169
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
UL CS Adaptation
� GPRS CS adaptation in the ULAV_RXQUAL_LT
AV_SIR
CS1
CS2
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_X_Y + CS_HST_UL_LT
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_X_Y
CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_X_Y
0
7
0 15
CS1 or CS2 (hysteresis)
CS2 or CS3 (hysteresis)
CS3
CS4
CS3 or CS4 (hysteresis)CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_X_Y
CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_X_Y + CS_HST_UL_LT
CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_X_Y + CS_HST_UL_LT
In the up-link, the RXQUAL is available in CS4 and the SIR measurements are not reported by the BTS to the
MFS so far. Therefore, it is possible to use also RXQUAL measurements to change the coding scheme from
CS3 to CS4 or from CS4 to CS3, contrary to the downlink algorithm, for which the SIR is used.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 170
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 170
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
DL MCS Adaptation
� In RLC acknowledged mode, the MFS applies a given MCS taking into account:
� Current MCS:
� MCS-1 to MCS-4 in GMSK
� MCS-5 to MCS-9 in 8-PSK
� Average Power Decrease: APD set = [0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10]
� MS OUT OF MEMORY state
� = Off then LA tables with IR are used
� = On then LA tables without IR (Type I ARQ) are used
� In RLC unacknowledged mode, the MFS applies a given MCS taking into account:
� Current MCS:
� MCS-1 to MCS-4 in GMSK
� MCS-5 to MCS-9 In 8-PSK
� Average Power Decrease: APD set = [0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10]
� Each combination of these criteria corresponds to a specific LA table
Extract of a table when APD=0dB, Type 1 ARQ, 8PSK table: if MCScurrent belongs to {5,6,7,8,9}
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 1
1 5 5 5 5 1 1 2 2
2 5 5 5 5 1 2 2 2
3 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 3
4 5 5 5 5 5 2 3 3
5 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 3
6 5 5 6 5 5 5 3 3
7 5 5 6 5 5 5 3 3
8 5 5 6 6 5 5 5 4
9 5 6 6 6 5 5 5 5
10 5 6 6 6 6 5 5 5
11 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5
12 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5
13 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5
14 7 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
15 7 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
16 7 7 6 7 6 6 6 6
17 7 7 7 7 7 6 6 6
18 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
19 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
20 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
21 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
22 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
23 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
24 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
CV_BEP
ME
AN
_BE
P
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 171
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 171
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
UL MCS Adaptation
� In RLC acknowledged mode, the MFS applies a given MCS taking into account:
� Current MCS:
� MCS-1 to MCS-4 in GMSK
� MCS-5 to MCS-9 in 8-PSK
� APD of the MS: APD set = [0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10]
� EN_IR_UL state
� = enable then LA tables with IR are used
� = disable then LA tables without IR (Type I ARQ) are used
� In RLC unacknowledged mode, the MFS applies a given MCS taking into account:
� Current MCS:
� MCS-1 to MCS-4 in GMSK
� MCS-5 to MCS-9 In 8-PSK
� Average Power Decrease: APD set = [0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10]
� Each combination of those criteria corresponds to a specific LA table
In the up-link the same tables as in the down-link apply.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 172
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 172
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
Exercise
� Exercise 1: using trace 20 , find at what time the MCS is changed
Time allowed:
15 minutes
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 173
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 173
� CS and MCS adaptation
PDTCH
RLC blocks
PACCH
RLC blocks
Number of useful blocks, retransmitted blocks, lost
bytes for GPRS CS1,2,3,4 for EGPRS MCS1, … , MCS9
Retransmission rate, lost rate
Throughput per cell, per PDCH, per TBF
PDTCH occupancy
Useful CSx and MCSx distribution
PACCH occupancy
GPRS Coding Scheme increase and decrease
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
QoS Indicators
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 174
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 174
� CS and MCS adaptation: RLC statistics in GPRS mode
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
QoS Indicators, RLC Statistics, GPRS Mode
P336Average TX_EFFICIENCYP335Average TX_EFFICIENCY
(P21a*160+P21b*240+P21c*288+P21d*
400)/(P21a*160+P21b*240+P21c*288+P
21d*400+P57a*160+P57b*240+P57c*28
8+P57d*400)
In RLC ack mode, rate of RLC
retransmitted data bytes sent on
PDTCH and encoded in CS-x
(P20a*160+P20b*240+P20c*288+P20
d*400)/(P20a*160+P20b*240+P20c*2
88+P20d*400+P55a*160+P55b*240+P
55c*288+P55d*400)
In RLC ack mode, rate of RLC
retransmitted data bytes sent on
PDTCH and encoded in CS-x
(P57x) / (P57a+P57b+P57c+P57d)PDTCH RLC block CSx /
(CS1+CS2+CS3+CS4) ratio
P55x / (P55a+P55b+P55c+P55d)PDTCH RLC block CSx /
(CS1+CS2+CS3+CS4) ratio
(P21a + P21b + P21c + P21d) / P350bPDTCH RLC block retransmission
rate in GPRS ack mode
(P20a + P20b + P20c + P20d) / P350aPDTCH RLC block retransmission rate
in GPRS ack mode
CS1+CS2+CS3+CS4 : P72dNumber of lost PDTCH RLC bytes in
GPRS
nack mode
CS1+CS2+CS3+CS4 : P72cNumber of lost PDTCH RLC bytes in
GPRS
nack mode
CS1 : P21a
CS2 : P21b
CS3 : P21c
CS4 : P21d
Number of retransmitted PDTCH
RLC blocks in
GPRS ack mode
CS1 : P20a
CS2 : P20b
CS3 : P20c
CS4 : P20d
Number of retransmitted PDTCH RLC
blocks in
GPRS ack mode
CS1 : P57a
CS2 : P57b
CS3 : P57c
CS4 : P57d
Number of useful PDTCH RLC
blocks acknowledged by the MS in
GPRS ack mode
CS1 : P55a
CS2 : P55b
CS3 : P55c
CS4 : P55d
Number of useful PDTCH RLC blocks
acknowledged by the MS in GPRS ack
mode
UplinkDownlink
RLC statistics
KPI
KPI
KPI
KPI
KPI
KPI
The average TX_EFFICIENCY is equal to:
� Where:
� NB_SENT is the number of transmitted RLC data blocks,
� NB_RECEIVED is the number of correctly received RLC data blocks (i.e., blocks for which a positive acknowledgment is reported),
� ρi is equal to the number of information bits in the i-th correctly received RLC data block divided by the number of bits per RLC data block with GMSK modulation (456 in GPRS). This ratio only depends on the coding scheme used for the i-th correctly received RLC data block and is between 0 and 1 in GPRS. The values of the number of information bits per RLC data block for each coding scheme are defined in 05.03 TS Specification document.
CS1 CS2 CS3 CS4
ρ 0.40 0.59 0.68 0.94
ni is the number of RLC data blocks in the i-th radio block. Therefore, this number is always equal to 1 for GPRS,
It is computed every TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD (=200) RLC data blocks.
It is compared to TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR (=10%) or TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR (=15%) to trigger radio drop.
∑
∑
=
==SENTNB
i i
RECEIVEDNB
i i
n
nEFFICIENCYTX
_
1
_
1
i
1100_
ρ
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 175
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 175
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
QoS Indicators, RLC Statistics, EGPRS Mode
� CS and MCS adaptation: RLC statistics in EGPRS mode
KPI
KPI
B10
new B10 new B10
p21e/(p21e+((P57e*176+P5
7f*224+P57g*296+P57h*352+
(P57i*448+P57j*592+(P57k*8
96+P57l*1088+P57m*1184)/
2)) / 8))
In RLC ack mode, rate of RLC retransmitted data bytes sent on PDTCH and encoded in MCS-x
P20e/(P20e+(P55e*176+P55
f*224+P55g*296+P55h*352+P
55i*448+P55j*592+(P55k*89
6+P55l*1088+P55m*1184)/2
)/ 8))
In RLC ack mode, rate of RLC retransmitted data bytes sent on PDTCH and encoded in MCS-x
P57x/(P57e+P57f+P57g+P57
h+P57i+P57j+P57k+P57l+P5
7m)
In RLC ack mode, ratio of useful RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH and encoded in MCS-x
P55x/(P55e+P55f+P55g+P55
h+P55i+P55j+P55k+P55l+P5
5m)
In RLC ack mode, ratio of useful RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH and encoded in MCS-x
P73dMCS-x lost bytesP72dMCS-x lost bytes
MCS1 : P21f
MCS2 : P21g
……
……
MCS9 : P21n
Number of useful RLC blocks
retransmitted in RLC
acknowledged mode on PDTCH
and encoded in MCS-1/2/…/9.
MCS1 : P20f
MCS2 : P20g
……
……
MCS9 : P20n
Number of useful RLC blocks
retransmitted in RLC
acknowledged mode on PDTCH
and encoded in MCS-1/2/…/9.
MCS1 : P57e
MCS2 : P57f
.......
.......
MCS9 : P57m
Number of useful RLC blocks sent
in RLC acknowledged mode on
PDTCH encoded in MCS-1/2/…/9.
MCS1 : P55e
MCS2 : P55f
……
……
MCS9 : P55m
Number of useful RLC blocks sent
in RLC acknowledged mode on
PDTCH and encoded in MCS-
1/2/…/9.
UplinkDownlink
RLC statistics
P20e respectively P21e have been removed. In acknowledged mode, number of DL respectively UL RLC data
bytes (except RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-x (with x = 1
to 9) retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS respectively MFS.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 176
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 176
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
QoS Indicators, CS Adaptation
� CS and MCS adaptation: CS adaptation
P352b / (P30a + P30b +
P30c)
Average number of CS
adaptions decrease per
TBF
P351b/ (P90a + P90b +
P90c + P90d + P90e +
P90f)
Average number of CS
adaptions decrease per
TBF
P352a / (P30a + P30b +
P30c)
Average number of CS
increase per TBF
P351a / (P90a + P90b +
P90c + P90d + P90e +
P90f)
Average number of CS
increase per TBF
P352bNumber of CS adaptions
from a given coding
scheme to a more robust
coding scheme. Does not
apply to EGPRS TBFs
P351bNumber of CS adaptions
from a given coding
scheme to a more robust
coding scheme. Does not
apply to EGPRS TBFs
P352aNumber of CS adaptions
from a given coding
scheme to a less robust
coding scheme. Does not
apply to EGPRS TBFs
P351aNumber of CS adaptions
from a given coding
scheme to a less robust
coding scheme. Does not
apply to EGPRS TBFs
UplinkDownlink
Coding scheme adaptation
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 177
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 177
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
QoS Indicators, DL CS Usage, Graph
GPRS DL useful RLC traffic
01000000020000000300000004000000050000000600000007000000080000000
10/31
/2005
11/02
/2005
11/04
/2005
11/06
/2005
11/08
/2005
11/10 /20
05
11/12 /20
05
11/14 /20
05
11/16 /20
05
11/18 /20
05
11/20 /20
05
11/22 /20
05
11/24 /20
05
11/26 /20
05
11/28 /20
05
11/30 /20
05
12/02
/2005
12/04
/2005
12/06
/2005
12/08
/2005
12/10
/2005
12/12
/2005
12/14
/2005
12/16 /20
05
0102030405060708090100
CS4 usef
CS3 usef
CS2 usef
CS1 usef
%io CSx usef
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 178
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 178
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
QoS Indicators, DL MCS Usage
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
B8 TRX class 2 & 4(MaxMCS=9)
B9(MaxMCS=9)
B9(MaxMCS=8)
MCS3
MCS4
MCS5MCS6
MCS7
MCS8
MCS9
MCS2
MCS1
High proportionof MCS5 due to High
Ater Usage
Thanks to�Dynamic Abis
�Statistical Multiplexing
High usageof MCS9
Better usageof MCS8
Caution: animated slide (with hidden objects).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 179
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 179
6 CS and MCS Adaptation
QoS Indicators, UL MCS Usage
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
B8 (GMSK only) B9 (8PSK in UL)
8PSK being used
in UL right after
B9 migration
Thanks to:�Dynamic Abis�Statistical Mux�8 PSK in UL
High Usage
of MCS9
during UL
FTP tests
MCS3
MCS4
MCS5MCS6
MCS7
MCS8
MCS9
MCS2MCS1
Caution: animated slide (with hidden objects).
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 180
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 180
7 Cell Reselection
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 181
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 181
7 Cell Reselection
NC0, Success
MSMFS
serving cellDL transfer
useful RLC data block, polling
Packet DL Ack/Nack
useful RLC data block
useful RLC data block
PDTCHDL
PACCHUL
useful RLC data block, polling
SGSNMFS
target cell
The MS decides for cell
reselection
LLC PDU
(TLLI,new BVCI)
FLUSH-LL
(TLLI,old BVCI)
FLUSH-LL ACK
(TLLI)
P436
NC0 reselection success
UL transfer establishment in the new cell
UL transferThe MS sends an LLC PDU to warn the SGSN about its new cell location
P434d
DL TBF release
P434c
UL TBF release
P396aP396b
RADIO STATUS
Counter P434c (resp.P434d) gives the number of UL (resp. DL) TBFs which have been released due to an NC0
reselection. These TBFs can have been previously counted as abnormally released or acceptably released
due to the reselection depending on the occurrence time of the FLUSH-LL message:
� If the FLUSH-LL message is not received before T_WAIT_FLUSH expiry after the TBF was released due to
radio link failure then the previous TBF release is considered as abnormal and counter P434c/P434d
counting the number of DL/UL TBF acceptable release due to reselection is not incremented. Instead a TBF
abnormal release due to Radio and counters P302b_x/P302c_x are incremented.
� If the FLUSH-LL message is received before T_WAIT_FLUSH expiry after the TBF was released due to radio
link failure then the previous TBF release is considered as acceptable and P434c/P434d is incremented.
If the FLUSH-LL message is received before the radio link failure occurs the TBF is released and
P396b/P396a counter is incremented.
P436 provides the number of successful NC0 cell reselection when the mobile was in Packet Transfer Mode
in the old cell.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 182
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 182
7 Cell Reselection
NC2, Request / Success
UL transfer establishment in the new cell
UL transferMS sends an LLC PDU to warn the SGSN about its new cell location
MSMFS
serving cellDL transfer
SGSN
Packet measurement reportPACCHUL
MFS
target cell
NC2 cell reselection
request
Packet cell change order, polling
PACCHDLnew cell (BCCH,BSIC) Packet control ackThe MS
switches to the new cell
T3158
expiry
T3158
Radio resources are released
locally
LLC PDU
(TLLI,new BVCI)FLUSH-LL
(TLLI,old BVCI)FLUSH-LL ACK
(TLLI)
T_ACK_WAIT
T_WAIT_FLUSH
P226
NC2 cell reselectionsuccess
P224
DL TBF release
P227
UL TBF release
P223
P221 P222
UL TBF DL TBF
If a PCCO is sent for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then both P223 and P226 are incremented.
If a FLUSH is received for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then both P224 and P227 are
incremented.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 183
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 183
7 Cell Reselection
NC2, Request / Success per Causes
UL transfer establishment in the new cell
UL transferMS sends an LLC PDU to warn the SGSN about its new cell location
MSMFS
serving cellDL transfer
SGSN
Packet measurement reportPACCHUL
MFS
target cell
NC2 cell reselectionrequest for cause:
too bad uplink quality
too bad downlink
quality
too low downlink level
better neighbor cellPacket cell change order, polling
PACCHDLnew cell (BCCH,BSIC) Packet control ack
The MS switches to the new cell
T3158 expiry
T3158
Radio resources are released
locally
LLC PDU(TLLI,new BVCI)
FLUSH-LL(TLLI,old BVCI)
FLUSH-LL ACK
(TLLI)
T_ACK_WAIT
T_WAIT_FLUSH
P433d
P433c
P433a
P433b
NC2 cell reselectionsuccess for cause:
too bad uplink quality
too bad downlink quality
too low downlink level
better neighbor cell
P435d
P435c
P435a
P435b
P434b
DL TBF release
P434a
UL TBF release
P396aP396b
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 184
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 184
7 Cell Reselection
NC2, Failure
UL transfer establishment in the new cellis impossible
MS
DL transfer
SGSN
Packet measurement reportPACCHUL
MFS
target cell
NC2 cell reselectionrequest
Packet cell change order, pollingPACCHDLnew cell (BCCH,BSIC)
Packet control ackThe MS
switches to the new cell
T3158expiry
T3158
Radio resources are released
locally
T_ACK_WAIT
T_WAIT_FLUSH
P437b
Target cell not rejected
P437a
Target cell
rejected
Packet channel request
Packet uplink assignment
USF scheduling
Packet cell change failure
RACH
AGCH
PDTCH
PACCH
P228
P225
UL TBF DL TBF
P464
MFS
serving cell
The above case assumes that MPDCH is configured in the cell.
When receiving the PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message, the MFS will increment either P437a or P437b
according to the cause value reported by the MS in the message.
Counter P464 aims to count rejection due to load in target cell
Counter P228/P225 is incremented in case of the MS reports to the MFS a Packet Cell Change Failure
message (PCCF)
Counter P437a is incremented if the cause included in the PCCF reported is one of the following
� "Frequency not implemented”
� "No response on target cell”
� "Immediate Assign Reject or Packet Access Reject on target cell”
Counter P437a is incremented if the cause included in the PCCF reported is one of the following:
� "On going CS connection”
� "MS in GMM Standby state”
� Forced to the Standby state”
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 185
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 185
7 Cell Reselection
QoS Degradation
� QoS degraded due to cell reselection
CS 1
CS 2
Throughput
[kbit/s]
Time
[s]t1 t2 t3 t5t4t0
Average
Throughput
Throughput
TBF 1 (Cell 1) TBF 2 (Cell 2)
Data “Call” Duration
1. CS change1. CS change
Cell
Re-Selection
4 sec
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 186
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 186
7 Cell Reselection
NACC and (P)SI Status
� QoS improved with NACC and (P)SI status
CS 1
CS 2
Throughput
[kbit/s]
Time
[s]t1 t2 t3 t5t4t0
Throughput
AverageThroughput
TBF 1 (Cell 1) TBF 2 (Cell 2)
Data “Call” Duration
1. CS change1. CS change
CellRe-Selection
1 sec
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 187
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 187
7 Cell Reselection
NACC and (P)SI Status [cont.]
MSMFSCell A
UL or DL TBF
Packet Cell Change
NotificationRetrieval of SI
instances
Packet Neighbor Cell Data (SI1)
Packet Neighbor Cell Data (SI3)
Packet Neighbor Cell Data (SI13)
Packet Cell Change Continue
MFSCell B
� In the source cell
P458
P459
Number of times the procedure of broadcast of neighbor (P)SI messages is invoked
Signaling load induced in the
cell by the procedure of
broadcast of neighbor (P)SI
messages
P458
NC0 MODE
P460c
P460b
Minimum Network Assisted cell reselection duration
Maximum Network Assisted cell reselection duration.
P212 (time)
reception of FLUSH LL
The duration of a NACC cell reselection is measured in the source cell between the
start of emission of Packet Neighbour Cell Data messages (following the reception
of the Packet Cell Change Notification message) and the reception of the Flush-LL
message. The source cell is the cell where the cell reselections are outgoing.
The duration of a NACC cell reselection is measured in the source cell between the start of emission of PacketNeighbour Cell Data messages and the reception of the Flush-LL message
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 188
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 188
7 Cell Reselection
NACC and (P)SI Status [cont.]
T_Wait_Flush
T_Ack_Wait
On going UL TBF (8)
On going UL or DL TBF
MS BSSServing cell
Packet Cell Change Order / PACCH
Packet Measurement Report / PACCH
BSSTarget cell
SGSN
Packet Control Acknowledgement / PACCH(4)
Packet Channel Request / PRACH
Packet Uplink Assignment / PCCCH
UL LLC PDU [TLLI]
FLUSH-LL PDU [TLLI, old BVCI]
FLUSH-LL-ACK PDU [TLLI, “deleted”]
Packet Neighbour Cell Data (SI3) / PDCH
Packet Neighbour Cell Data (S1) / PDCH
Packet Neighbour Cell Data (SI13) / PDCH
P458
NC2 MODE
P209 (time)
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 189
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 189
7 Cell Reselection
NACC and (P)SI Status [cont.]
MSMFSCell A
MFSCell B
Packet SI Status (SI2, SI2bis, SI2ter msg type missing)
Packet Serving Cell Data (SI2)
Packet Serving Cell Data (SI2bis)
Packet Serving Cell Data (SI2ter)
UL or DL TBF
UL or DL TBF
� In target cell (P) SI status
P456P457
Number of times the procedure of broadcast of serving cell PSI for Packet PSI Status or the procedure of sending of Packet Serving Cell Data for Packet SI Status is invoked.
Signaling load induced in the cell by the procedure of broadcast of (P)SI messages
P456
P457
This mechanism is applied in both NC0 and NC2
P457:
Number of RLC blocks used:
1) To broadcast a PSI message for Packet PSI Status feature
2) To send a PACKET SERVING CELL DATA message for Packet SI Status feature.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 190
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 190
7 Cell Reselection
Exercise
� Exercise 1: What kind of cell reselection procedure ( NC0 or NC2 / with or without NACC) you can observe in Trace10,11, 12 and Trace13?
� Exercise 2: For each case of cell reselection,
� Find specific messages to NACC (P)SI status if any
� find old and new cell identities.
� Exercise 3 : looking the content of SI Status can you guess which SI where given during NACC procedure
Time allowed:
30 minutes
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 191
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 191
7 Cell Reselection
QoS Indicators
� NACC and (P)SI status reselection
� NCO reselection
� NC2 reselection
NC2 reselection
startNumber of requestsNumber of successes, Nb of DL/UL TBF releases
Success rate
Failure causes
time
TBF establishment
end
Target cell rejected
Target cell not rejected
Reselection time Outgoing
Incoming
Max
Avg
Min
Number of successes, Nb of DL/UL TBF releases
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 192
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 192
� Cell reselection: ALL = NC0+NC2
7 Cell Reselection
QoS Indicators, NC0
Number of successful cell re-selection P397
Number of successful NC0 cell re-selection P436
NC0+NC2 re-selection
NC0 re-selection
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 193
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 193
� Cell reselection: NC2
7 Cell Reselection
QoS Indicators, NC2
(P435a+P435b+P435c+P435d) / (P433a+P433b+P433c+P433d)NC2 cell re-selection success rate
P435a+P435b+P435c+P435dNumber of NC2 cell re-selection successes
P433a+P433b+P433c+P433dNumber of NC2 cell re-selection requests
P435dNumber of NC2 cell re-selection success cause PT4 (too bad uplink quality)
P435cNumber of NC2 cell re-selection success cause PT3 (too bad downlink
quality)
P435bNumber of NC2 cell re-selection success cause PT2 (better neighbour cell)
P435aNumber of NC2 cell re-selection success cause PT1 (too low downlink level)
(P433b) / (P433a+P433b+P433c+P433d) * 100Ratio of NC2 re-selection cause Better Condition
(P433a+P433c+P433d) / (P433a+P433b+P433c+P433d) * 100Ratio of NC2 re-selection cause Emergency
P433dNumber of NC2 cell re-selection request cause PT4 (too bad uplink quality)
P433cNumber of NC2 cell re-selection request cause PT3 (too bad downlink
quality)
P433bNumber of NC2 cell re-selection request cause PT2 (better neighbour cell)
P433aNumber of NC2 cell re-selection request cause PT1 (too low downlink level)
NC2 re-selection
KPI
KPI
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 194
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 194
7 Cell Reselection
QoS Indicators, NC2 [cont.]
Maximum duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell reselections (measured in the source cell)
P431b
Number of NC2 cell reselection failures reported by the MS which does not lead to reject the target cell for a while.
P437b
Minimum duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell reselections (measured in the source cell)
P431c
Average duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell reselections (measured in the source cell)
P431a
Maximum duration of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell reselections (measured in the target cell).
P432b
Minimum duration of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell reselections (measured in the target cell).
P432c
Average duration of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell reselections (measured in the target cell).
P432a
Rate of NC2 failures due to BSS problem(((P433a) + (P433b) + (P433c) +(P433d)) - ((P435a) + (P435b) + (P435c) + (P435d)) - (P437b) - (P437a) – P464) / ((P433a) + (P433b) + (P433c) +(P433d))
Number of NC2 cell reselection failures reported by the MS due to load (cause : "immediate assign reject" or "packet access reject on target cell")
P464
Number of NC2 cell reselection failures reported by the MS which leads to reject the target cell for a while.
P437a
B10
Removed B10
Removed B10
P432x counters are taking into account only the Cell Reselections for which Serving and Target cells belong
to the same RA and the same MFS.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 195
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 195
7 Cell Reselection
QoS Indicators, NC2 [cont.] B10
P212Cumulated time of the successful Network Assisted cell reselection duration in NC0 mode
TIME_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL
P209 / (P435a + P435b + P435c + P435d)
Average duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell reselections (measured in the source cell).
GPRS_NC2_reselect_source_cell_time_avg
P211Number of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell reselections (measured in the target cell).
NB_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL
(P212 / P213)*1000Cumulated time of the successful Network Assisted cell reselection duration in NC0 mode
GPRS_NC_reselect_NACC_avg_duration
P210Cumulated time duration of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell reselections (measured in the target cell).
TIME_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL
P209Cumulated time duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell reselections (measured in the source cell).
TIME_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL
RefdefinitionIndicator name
P209:
� Within the granularity period, the MFS cumulates the duration of each successful outgoing NC2 cell
reselections triggered by the BSS in the source cell.
� The duration of a NC2 cell reselection is measured in the source cell between the acknowledgement of
the Packet Cell Change Order message and the reception of the Flush-LL message. The source cell is the
cell where the NC cell reselections are outgoing.
P210:
� Within the granularity period, the MFS cumulates the duration of the successful incoming intra-RA intra-
MFS NC2 cell reselections triggered by the BSS in the source cell.
� The duration of a NC2 cell reselection is measured in the source cells between the acknowledgement of
the Packet Cell Change Order message and the reception of the Flush-LL message. These measures are
forwarded to the target cell in the intra-MFS TLLI Rerouting Confirm message and then cumulated in the
target cell.
� The source cells are the cells where the NC cell reselections are outgoing, whereas the target cell is the
cell where the NC cell reselections are incoming.
P211:
� Within the granularity period, the MFS counts the number of each successful outgoing NC2 cell
reselections triggered by the BSS in the source cell.
� A NC2 cell reselection is successful when in the source cells after the acknowledgement of the Packet
Cell Change Order message is received , the Flush-LL message is received.
� These measures are forwarded to the target cell in the intra-MFS TLLI Rerouting Confirm message and
then cumulated in the target cell.
� The source cells are the cells where the NC cell reselections are outgoing, whereas the target cell is the
cell where the NC cell reselections are incoming.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 196
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 196
7 Cell Reselection
QoS Indicators, NC2 [cont.]
Number of FLUSH-LL PDU received after a Packet Cell Change Order has been sent to the MS while in UL
NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBFP227
Number of Packet Cell Change Failure received from the MS after a Packet Cell Change Order has been sent to the MS while in DL transfer
NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBFP225
Number of FLUSH-LL PDU received after a Packet Cell Change Order has been sent to the MS while in DL transfer.
NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBFP224
Number of Packet Cell Change Failure received from the MS after a Packet Cell Change Order has been sent to the MS while in UL transfer.
NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBFP228
Number of Packet Cell Change Order messages sent while in UL transfer.
NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBFP226
Number of Packet Cell Change Order messages sent while in DL transfer.
NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBFP223
Number of Packet Cell Change Order acknowledged by the MS while in DL transfer
NB_PCCO_ACK_DL_NC2_CELL_RESELP222
Number of Packet Cell Change Order acknowledged by the MS while in UL transfer
NB_PCCO_ACK_UL_NC2_CELL_RESELP221
DefinitionNameCounter number
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 197
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 197
7 Cell Reselection
QoS Indicators, NACC (P)SI Status
Average Network Assisted cell reselection duration.AV_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIMEP460a
Signaling load induced in the cell by the procedure of broadcast of neighbor (P)SI messages
NB_NEIGH_PSI_MESP459
Minimum Network Assisted cell reselection duration.MIN_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIMEP460c
Maximum Network Assisted cell reselection duration.MAX_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIMEP460b
Number of times the procedure of broadcast of neighbor (P)SI messages is invoked
NB_NEIGH_PSI_PROCP458
Signaling load induced in the cell by the procedure of broadcast of (P)SI messages
NB_PSI_MESP457
Number of times the procedure of broadcast of serving cell PSI for Packet PSI Status or the procedure of sending of Packet Serving Cell Data for Packet SI Status is invoked.
NB_PSI_PROCP456
DefinitionNameCounter
number
B10
Removed B10
.
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 198
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 198
7 Cell Reselection
End-User QoS Improvement with NC2
� Enhanced cell reselection can be easily tested and evaluated through drive test route
DL FTP transfer of a file
In a bi-band network (GSM900,GSM1800)
GSM1800 cells are favored in CS idle
mode:
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 20dB
Route length is about 1.150 Km
Two 900 cells and two 1800 cells are
covering
MS is GPRS multi-slot class 8 (4+1)
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 199
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 199
7 Cell Reselection
End-User QoS Improvement with NC2 [cont.]
� Gain in throughput
� NC034,7 kbits/s
� NC2 + GPRS redirection 40,2 kbits/s
9 reselectionsduring transfer
2 reselectionsduring transfer
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
1
33
65
97
129
161
193
225
257
289
321
353
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
ServBCCH
RLC_Throughput_DL
2 interruptions
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
1
28
55
82
109
136
163
190
217
244
271
298
325
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
RLC_Throughput_DL
ServBCCH
9 interruptions
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 200
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 200
Self-assessment on the Objectives
� Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module
� The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation
Section 1 � Module 3 � Page 201
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10239AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Description of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
1 � 3 � 201
End of ModuleDescription of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Counters and Indicators
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:
1�4All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Module 4Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 02
Section 1EGPRS QoS
EVOLIUMIntroduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 2
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 2
Blank Page
This page is left blank intentionally
First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01
RemarksAuthorDateEdition
Document History
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 3
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 3
Module Objectives
Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:
� Detect the main GPRS QoS problems of the Alcatel-Lucent BSS
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 4
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 4
Module Objectives [cont.]
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 5
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 5
Table of Contents
Switch to notes view!Page
1 General Principles 72 Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems 12
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 6
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 6
Table of Contents [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 7
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 7
1 General Principles
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 8
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 8
1 General Principles
KPI, Warning Indicator
� A lot of QoS indicators are computed from BSS GPRS counters
� QoS indicators that will be followed-up by management are called KPI: Key Performance Indicator
� Among all BSS GPRS QoS indicators some are used to detect QoS problems: they are called WARNING indicators
� usually all KPIs
� other major indicators as from radio optimizer view
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 9
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 9
1 General Principles
QoS Threshold, Sampling Indicator
� A WARNING indicator is often attached a QoS threshold value to decide if the indicator value is bad or not
� In case a WARNING indicator value is considered as bad then another indicator called the SAMPLING indicator and attached to the WARNING indicator must be checked
� A SAMPLING indicator is attached a sample threshold value to decide if the WARNING indicator value is relevant or not
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 10
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 10
1 General Principles
QoS Problem Detection
List of BSS QoS indicators
I1. I2. I3. I4. I5, I6, I7, I8,
etc
Are some Warning
indicator values bad?
end
Check the related
Sampling indicator
value
Is the Warning indicator
value relevant?
Analyze QoS
problem
no
no
yes
yes
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 11
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 11
1 General Principles
QoS Problem Detection, Exercise
� Exercise: Using analogy with BSS GSM QoS indicators find the Sampling indicator attached to each of the following GPRS Warning indicators:
� TBF establishment success rate
� TBF drop rate
� NC2 Cell reselection success rate
Time allowed:
10 minutes
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 12
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 12
2 Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 13
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 13
2 Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
Exercise 1: List Them
� Exercise 1: List the main BSS QoS problems seen as a QoS degradation by the end user
� BSS GPRS QoS problems are relating to Data transfer problems between the MS and the GPRS Core network, which are due to the BSS
Time allowed:
15 minutes
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 14
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 14
2 Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
Exercise 2: Find Warning and Sampling Indicators
� Exercise 2: Find the Warning and Sampling indicators which will be used to detect each of these problems:
� Data transfer not established
� Data transfer degraded
� Data transfer interrupted
� Data transfer dropped
Time allowed:
15 minutes
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 15
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 15
2 Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
Exercise 3: UL Data Transfer Establishment Degradation
� Exercise 3: Find the Warning indicator degraded by difficulties to establish a UL TBF resulting in a TBF establishment after MS repetitions of channel request
� Can this problem be identified through QoS indicators?
� If not, what must be done to find the cause of the UL data transfer establishment degradation?
Time allowed:
15 minutes
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 16
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 16
2 Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
Exercise 4: DL Data Transfer Establishment Degradation
� Exercise 4: Find the Warning indicator degraded by difficulties to establish a DL TBF resulting in a TBF establishment after MFS repetitions of channel assignment
� Can this problem be identified through QoS indicators?
� If not, what must be done to find the cause of the DL data transfer establishment degradation?
Time allowed:
5 minutes
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 17
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 17
Self-assessment on the Objectives
� Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module
� The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation
Section 1 � Module 4 � Page 18
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10240AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Detection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 4 � 18
End of ModuleDetection of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:
1�5All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Module 5Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 02
Section 1EGPRS QoS
EVOLIUMIntroduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 2
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 2
Blank Page
This page is left blank intentionally
First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01
RemarksAuthorDateEdition
Document History
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 3
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 3
Module Objectives
Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:
� Analyze the main GPRS QoS problems of the Alcatel-Lucent BSS
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 4
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 4
Module Objectives [cont.]
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 5
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 5
Table of Contents
Switch to notes view!Page
1 Find the causes of a BSS GPRS QoS problem 72 Characterize the QoS Indicators Used in the Analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem103 What Kind of QoS Problem Is Recorded in the Trace? 16
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 6
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 6
Table of Contents [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 7
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 7
1 Find the causes of a BSS GPRS QoS problem
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 8
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 8
1 Find the Causes of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem
Exercise 1a: Find the Probable Causes
� Exercise 1a: Find the probable causes of a BSS GPRS QoS problem
Time allowed:
30 minutes
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 9
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Exercise 1a: Find the probable causes of a BSS GPRS QoS problem
For each of the 4 typical BSS GPRS QoS problems, mark the probable cause(s)
each cause corresponding to a specific BSS PM counter (1)
TBF establishment
failure
TBF throughput degradation
TBF interruption TBF drop
MS suspend
Gb
Radio
Cell reselection
Congestion
MS error (1)
Fast PDCH pre-emption of the PDTCH carrying the PACCH of the TBF
Fast PDCH pre-emption of the PDTCH carrying only a PDTCH of the TBF
BSS problem (2)
Sub-optimal usage of radio resources (3)
(1) MS error are not counted in a specific counter(2) any software or hardware failure, occuring in the BSS, provok ing a TBF problem not counted as another cause (3) any reason why a mobile involved in a TBF get a data throughput lower than its transfer capability
probable cause
QoS problem
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 10
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 10
1 Find the Causes of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem
Exercise 1b: Find the more Detailed Reasons
� Exercise 1b: Find a more detailed reason for some of the probable
causes of a BSS GPRS QoS problem
Time allowed:
60 minutes
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 11
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Exercise 1b: Find a more detailed reason for some of the probable causes of a BSS GPRS QoS problem
Congestion Radio Gb
Sub-optimal usage of
radio resources
Fast PDCH pre-emption
of the PDTCH
carrying the PACCH of the TBF
Fast PDCH pre-emption
of the PDTCH carrying only a
PDTCH of the TBF
MS suspend
Cell reselection
Interference
NC2 cell reselection not activated
NC2 cell reselection not efficient
Lack of PDCH resources (1)
Lack of CCCH resources
Lack of Abis resources
Lack of Ater resources
Lack of GPU resources
T_PDCH_PREEMPTION parameter value too low
BSS SW or HW failure
GSS SW or HW failure
Re-allocation trigger T1 is not efficient
Abis MW problem
System or protocol error between BSS and GSS
Coverage
Abis signalling overload
Bad setting of cell reselection parameters
Bad setting of CS/MCS adaptation parameters
High CS traffic
High PS traffic
(1) can be due to: tow low MAX_PDCH parameter value, too high CS traffic, too high PS traffic,too long Delayed DL TBF Release phase, poor re-allocation algorithm efficiencyBSS SW or HW failure
reason
probable cause
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 12
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 12
2 Characterize the QoS Indicators Used in the Analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 13
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 13
2 Characterize the QoS Indicators Used in the Analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem
Exercise 2a: TBF Establishment Failure
� Exercise 2a: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a
TBF establishment failure
Time allowed:
30 minutes
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 14
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Exercise 2a: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF establishment failure
Congestion% TBF establishment failure
due to congestion
Lack of PDCH resources% TBF establishment failure
due to radio congestion
bad MAX_PDCH
parameter settingMaximum nb of established SPDCH
Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value
MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT reduction rate
Check MAX_PDCH parameter
value
high CS traffic Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value
Nb of PDCH released after having
been marked by soft pre-emption
Average nb of TBF candidates to
T1 re-allocation per PDCH
released after having been marked
by soft pre-emption
high PS traffic Maximum nb of established SPDCH
Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value
MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT reduction rate
too long Delayed DL TBF
release phase
% of time established DL TBFs are
active
Ratio of DL TBF resumptions per
established DL TBF
Average TBF duration
Average MS session duration
Average number of GPRS sessions
per call
Check
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
parameter value
poor re-allocation
algorithm efficiency
Average nb of TBF established per
MS session
Nb of TBF re-allocation requests
Re-allocation success rate
BSS SW or HW failureuse GSM indicators and BSS
equipement alarms
GSS SW or HW failureuse GSS indicators and/or GSS
equipment alarms
Lack of Abis resources% TBF establishment failure
due to Abis congestion
Lack of Ater resources% TBF establishment failure
due to Ater congestion
Lack of GPU resources
% TBF establishment failure
due to (DSP+CPU) GPU
congestion
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 15
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Exercise 2a: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF establishment failure (suite)
Radio% TBF establishment failure
due to radio
Coverage use GSM indicators
Interference use GSM indicators
Abis MW problemuse GSM indicators and Abis
transmission alarms
BSS SW or HW failureuse GSM indicators and BSS
equipement alarms
NC2 cell reselection not
activated
Number of NC2 cell
reselection requests
Lack of CCCH resources use GSM indicators
Gb% TBF establishment failure
due to Gb pb
system or protocol error
between BSS and GSStrace Gb interface
GSS SW or HW failure
BSS% TBF establishment failure
due to BSS pb
BTS, BSC or MFS
software or hardware
failure
use GPRS LAPD counters,
BSS indicators and alarms
trace Abis, Ater interface
MS errorsystem or protocol error
between BSS and MStrace Abis, Ater interface
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 16
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 16
2 Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem
Exercise 2b: TBF throughput degradation
Time allowed:
20 minutes
� Exercise 2b: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF throughput degradation
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 17
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Exercise 2b: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF throughput degradation
Sub-optimal usage
of radio resources
% time MS engaged in a TBF in
the direction of the bias and they
are granted the maximum nb of
TS they support in that direction
Lack of PDCH resources% of partial TS allocation
success
bad MAX_PDCH
parameter settingMaximum nb of established SPDCH
Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value
MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT reduction rate
Check MAX_PDCH parameter value
high CS traffic Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value
Nb of PDCH released after having been
marked by soft pre-emption
Average nb of TBF candidates to T1 re-
allocation per PDCH released after
having been marked by soft pre-
emption
high PS traffic Maximum nb of established SPDCH
Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value
MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT reduction rate
too long Delayed DL TBF
release phase% of time established DL TBFs are active
Ratio of DL TBF resumptions per
established DL TBF
Average TBF duration
Average MS session duration
Average number of GPRS sessions per
call
Check T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
parameter value
poor re-allocation
algorithm efficiency
Average nb of TBF established per MS
session
Nb of TBF re-allocation requests
Re-allocation success rate
BSS SW or HW failureuse GSM indicators and BSS
equipement alarms
GSS SW or HW failureuse GSS indicators and/or GSS
equipment alarms
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 18
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Exercise 2b: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF throughput degradation (suite)
Sub-optimal usage
of radio resources
% time MS engaged in a
TBF in the direction of the
bias and they are granted
the maximum nb of TS they
support in that direction
Lack of Abis resources% TBF establishment failure
due to Abis congestion
Cumulative time during a
GCH resource is busy in the
cell
Cumulative time during
which there is a deficit of
GCH resources in the cell
Maximum number of GCH
in deficit reached in the cell
Lack of Ater resources% TBF establishment failure
due to Ater congestion
% of time the GPU is in GCH
congestion
Lack of GPU resources
% TBF establishment failure
due to (DSP+CPU) GPU
congestion
% of time the SPDCH are
degraded due to Ater
congestion
Bad setting of CS (or
MCS) adaptation
parameters
Ratio of RLC blocks
transmitted on most robust
CSx (or MCx)
% of retransmission of RLC
blocks for CS (or MCS)
TBF_CS_INIT
Check CS and MCS
adaptation paramaters value
Bad setting of CS (or
MCS) adaptation
parameters
Ratio of RLC blocks
transmitted on most robust
CSx (or MCx)
% of retransmission of RLC
blocks for CS (or MCS)
TBF_CS_INIT
Check CS and MCS
adaptation paramaters value
Fast PDCH pre-
emption of the
PDTCH carrying only
a PDTCH of the TBF
Nb of PDCH released after
having been marked by soft
pre-emption
high CS trafficAverage MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT
value
Average nb of TBF
candidates to T1 re-
allocation per PDCH
released after having been
marked by soft pre-emption
Radio
Coverage / Interference
Ratio of RLC blocks
transmitted on most robust
CSx (or MCx)
% of retransmission of RLC
blocks for CS (or MCS)
TBF_CS_INIT
use GSM indicators
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 19
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 19
2 Characterize the QoS Indicators Used in the Analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem
Exercise 2c: TBF Interruption
� Exercise 2c: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a
TBF interruption
Time allowed:
15 minutes
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 20
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Exercise 2c: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF interruption
Fast pre-emption
of the PDCH
carrying the
PACCH of the TBF
TBF release rate due to fast
pre-emption
Re-allocation trigger T1
is not efficient
TBF re-allocation trigger T1
success rate
Check
T_PDCH_PREEMPTION
parameter value
Lack of PDCH resource see previous cases
high PS traffic MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT reduction rate
% TBF establishment failure due to
radio congestion
MS SuspendTBF release rate due to MS
suspend
high CS traffic Average MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT value
Nb of PDCH released after having
been marked by soft pre-emption
Average nb of TBF candidates to
T1 re-allocation per PDCH
released after having been marked
by soft pre-emption
Average number of GPRS sessions
per call
Cell reselectionTBF release rate due to cell
reselection
NC2 cell reselection not
activated
Number of NC2 cell
reselection requests
NC2 cell reselection is
not efficient
NC2 cell reselection success
rate
Number of NC2 cell
reselection requests
Check NC2 cell reselection
parameters value
CAUTION: % TBF acceptable release rate can increase be due to the modification of the duration of the “delayed”
state phase of the Delayed DL TBF release procedure after parameter tuning.
Therefore check evolution of the indicator : % TBF acceptable rele
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 21
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 21
2 Characterize the QoS Indicators Used in the Analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem
Exercise 2d: TBF drop
� Exercise 2c: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a
TBF drop
Time allowed:
15 minutes
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 22
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Exercise 2d: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF drop
Radio TBF drop rate due to radio
Coverage use GSM indicators
Interference use GSM indicators
Abis MW problemuse GSM indicators and Abis
transmission alarms
BSS SW or HW failureuse GSM indicators and BSS
equipement alarms
MS errorTBF drop rate due to
stagnating TX window
TBF drop rate due to
blocking situation
system or protocol error
between BSS and MStrace Abis, Ater interface
Gb TBF drop rate due to Gb
system or protocol error
between BSS and GSStrace Gb interface
BSS TBF drop rate due to BSS
BTS, BSC or MFS
software or hardware
failure
use GPRS LAPD counters,
BSS indicators and alarms
trace Abis, Ater interface
Cell reselection TBF drop rate due to radio
NC2 cell reselection not
activated and NC0 cell
reselection takes long time
Number of NC2 cell
reselection request
Number of NC0 cell
reselection success per call
CAUTION: % TBF abnormal release rate can increase be due to the modification of the duration of the “delayed”
state phase of the Delayed DL TBF release procedure after parameter tuning.
Therefore check evolution of the indicator : % TBF acceptable releas
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 23
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 23
3 What Kind of QoS Problem Is Recordedin the Trace?
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 24
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 24
3 What Kind of QoS Problem Is Recorded in the Trace?
Exercise
� What kind of BSS GPRS QoS problem you can observed in the trace 20?
Time allowed:
15 minutes
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 25
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 25
Self-assessment on the Objectives
� Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module
� The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 26
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 26
End of ModuleAnalysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
Section 1 � Module 5 � Page 27
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10241AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Analysis of the Main BSS GPRS QoS Problems
1 � 5 � 27
2 Characterize the QoS Indicators Used in the Analysis of a BSS GPRS QoS Problem
Exercise 2d: TBF Drop
� Exercise 2d: Characterize the QoS indicators used in the analysis of a TBF drop
Time allowed:
10 minutes
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:
1�6All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
Module 6Appendix
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 02
Section 1EGPRS QoS
EVOLIUMIntroduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10
3FL11829ACAAZZZZA2 Issue 02
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 2
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 2
Blank Page
This page is left blank intentionally
First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01
RemarksAuthorDateEdition
Document History
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 3
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 3
Module Objectives
Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:
� Describe …
� List …
� Explain …
� Identify ...
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 4
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 4
Module Objectives [cont.]
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 5
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 5
Table of Contents
Switch to notes view!Page
1 Real Radio Drop 72 (P)SI Messages Details 103 Exercises on NACC (P)SI STATUS 134 KPIs 15
4.1 Main KPIs 164.2 Important KPIs 17
5 What’s New or Modified in B10 20
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 6
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 6
Table of Contents [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 7
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 7
1 Real Radio Drop
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 8
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 8
1 Real Radio Drop
Radio Drop and Reselection
3105Overload
FLUSH FLUSH
PIM
397
No ReleaseNo Counter
302
396
434
END
Cell Reselection
YES
NO
FLUSH ON TIMEFLUSH LATE
= All - On Time
ALL FLUSHs
NO
NO (PTM)
NO
YESYES
YES
COUNTED
Real Radio Drop= Counted – Late
= Counted – (All – On Time)= 302 – (434 – 396)
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 9
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 9
1 Real Radio Drop
Radio Drop and Suspend
3105Overload
SUSPEND SUSPEND
302
98a
98c
END
VOICE CALL
NO
SUSPEND ON TIME SUSPEND LATE= All - On Time
ALL SUSPENDs
NO NO
YESYES
YES
COUNTED
Real Radio Drop= Counted – Late= Counted – (All – On Time)= 302 – (98c – 98a)
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 10
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 10
2 (P)SI Messages Details
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 11
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 11
2 (P)SI Messages Details
SI Messages Details
� Coding of the SI typical message in PNCD/PSCD messages
� SI 1 19
� SI 2 1A
� SI 2 bis 02
� SI 2 ter 03
� SI 2 quater 07
� SI 3 1B
� SI 4 1C
� SI 5 1D
� SI 5 bis 05
� SI 5 ter 06
� SI 6 1E
� SI 7 1F
� SI 8 18
� SI 9 04
� SI 13 00
� SI 14 01
� SI 15 44
� SI 16 3D
� SI 17 3E
� SI 18 40
� SI 19 41
� SI 20 42
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 12
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 12
2 (P)SI Messages Details
PSI Messages Details
� Coding of the PSI typical message in PNCD messages
� PSI1 C4
� PSI2 C8
� PSI3 CC
� PSI3 bis D0
� PSI3 ter F0
� PSI3 quater F4
� PSI4 D4
� PSI5 D8
� PSI6 C0
� PSI7 E0
� PSI8 E4
� PSI13 DC
� PSI14 E8
� PSI15 F8
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 13
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 13
3 Exercises on NACC (P)SI STATUS
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 14
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 14
3 Exercises on NACC (P)SI STATUS
Exercise 1
� A/ extracting Packet Neighbor Cell Data message trace 12 could you find what are the SI “Message Type » number sent to the mobile ?
� B/ extracting PSI status message in the same trace could find what are SI message missing for the Mobile?
� For your help, please use the information in previous 2 pages
Time allowed:
20 minutes
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 15
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 15
4 KPIs
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 16
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 16
4 KPIs
4.1 Main KPIs
� Total number of TBF establishment requests
� TBF establishment success rate
� Drop rate
� Acceptable release rate
� Normal release rate
� In RLC ack mode, rate of RLC retransmitted data bytes sent on PDTCH and encoded in CS-x
� PDTCH RLC block CSx / (CS1+CS2+CS3+CS4) ratio
� PDTCH RLC block retransmission rate in GPRS ack mode
� In RLC ack mode, ratio of useful RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCH and encoded in MCS-x
� In RLC ack mode, rate of RLC retransmitted data bytes sent on PDTCH and encoded in MCS-x
� Number of NC2 cell re-selection requests
� NC2 cell reselection success rate
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 17
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 17
4 KPIs
4.2 Important KPIs
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 18
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
DL TBF Establishment
Request GPRS_DL_TBF_Request TRDTERQN
% allocated GPRS_DL_TBF_estab_allocated_rate QRDTEAPR
Success GPRS_DL_TBF_success TRDTESUN
% Success GPRS_DL_TBF_success_rate QRDTESUR
UL TBF Establishment
Request GPRS_UL_TBF_request TRUTERQN
% allocated GPRS_UL_TBF_estab_allocated_rate QRUTEAPR
Success GPRS_UL_TBF_success TRUTESUN
% Success GPRS_UL_TBF_success_rate QRUTESUR
DL TBF Reallocation (DL TBF Estab)
% DL Realloc Suc GPRS_DL_TBF_Realloc_Success_Rate TRDRRSUR
UL TBF Reallocation (UL TBF Estab)
% UL Realloc Suc GPRS_UL_TBF_Realloc_Success_Rate TRURRSUR
DL data transfert
% Normal Release GPRS_DL_TBF_normal_release_rate QRDDTNRR
% Acc release GPRS_DL_TBF_acceptable_release_rate QRDDTACR
% drop TBF DL GPRS_DL_TBF_drop_rate QRDDTARR
UL data transfert
% Normal Release GPRS_UL_TBF_normal_release_rate QRUDTNRR
% Acc release GPRS_UL_TBF_acceptable_release_rate QRUDTACR
% drop TBF UL GPRS_UL_TBF_drop_rate QRUDTARR
DL Coding scheme usage (and
Partially DL RLC Traffic)
CSx Useful Bytes GPRS_DL_useful_throughput_CSx_bytes_ack TRPDDBYGAN
MCSx Useful Bytes GPRS_DL_useful_throughput_MCSx_bytes_ack TRPDDBYEAN
kbps per EGPRS TBF
GPRS_DL_useful_throughput_radio_EGPRS_TBF_avg TRPDDTBEGA
kbps per GPRS TBF
GPRS_DL_useful_throughput_radio_GPRS_TBF_avg TRPDDTBGPA
UL Coding scheme usage (and UL
RLC Traffic)
CSx Useful Bytes GPRS_UL_useful_throughput_CSx_bytes_ack TRPDUBYGAN
MCSx Useful Bytes GPRS_UL_useful_throughput_MCSx_bytes_ack TRPDUBYEAN
kbps per EGPRS TBF
GPRS_UL_useful_throughput_radio_EGPRS_TBF_avg TRPDUTBEGA
kbps per GPRS TBF
GPRS_UL_useful_throughput_radio_GPRS_TBF_avg TRPDUTBGPA
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 19
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
DL RLC trafic
% CSx Retrans
GPRS_DL_RLC_PDTCH_CSx_retransmissing_ac
k_rate QRDDTRRR
CSx retrans
GPRS_DL_RLC_bytes_PDTCH_CSx_retransmissi
ng_ack QRDDTRRBCN
MCSx retrans
GPRS_DL_RLC_bytes_PDTCH_MCSx_retransmi
ssing_ack QRPDDRMN
%MCSx Retrans
GPRS_DL_RLC_bytes_PDTCH_MCSx_retrans_a
ck_ratio QRPDDRMO
UL RLC trafic
% CSx Retrans
GPRS_UL_RLC_CSx_PDTCH_retransmissing_ac
k_rate QRUDTRRR
CSx retrans
GPRS_UL_RLC_bytes_PDTCH_CSx_retransmissi
ng_ack QRUDTRRBCN
MCSx retrans
GPRS_UL_RLC_bytes_PDTCH_MCSx_retransmi
ssing_ack QRPDURMN
%MCSx Retrans
GPRS_UL_RLC_bytes_PDTCH_MCSx_retrans_a
ck_ratio QRPDURMO
PDCH Allocation (to be reviewed)
DL Optimal Alloc
GPRS_DL_biased_and_DL_optimal_allocation_ti
me QRDRRSUT
%DL Optimal Alloc GPRS_DL_biased_and_DL_optimal_alloc_percent QRDRRSUP
UL Optimal Alloc
GPRS_UL_biased_and_UL_optimal_allocation_ti
me QRURRSUT
%UL Optimal Alloc GPRS_UL_biased_and_UL_optimal_alloc_percent QRURRSUP
PDCH usage Definition Ref Name
GPRS_PDCH_traffic_time Cumulative time during which the slave PDCHs are
established and carry at least one UL or DL
TBF.(established in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).
ARPDCUSBUT
GPRS_PDCH_EGPRS_traffic_time Cumulative time during which the slave PDCHs are
established and carry at least one UL or DL
TBF.(established in EGPRS mode)
ARPDCUSEGT
GPRS_PDCH_EGPRS_traffic_time_r
atio Percentage of time during which the established
PDCHs in traffic are supporting EGPRS traffic.
ARPDCUSEGO
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 20
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 20
5 What’s New or Modified in B10
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 21
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 21
5 What’s New or Modified in B10
Summary
� Reduction of 32 bytes 0 second ping time (no specific counter)
� Dual Transfer Mode (simultaneous CS and PS traffic), new counters:
� Establishment request / attempt / success
� Establishment failure (radio, congestion)
� cumulated time of operation for DTM MS
� Acceptable TBF drop due to CS operation
� GTTP usage
� Extended Dynamic Allocation (more than 2 TS in UL)
� New UL TBF usage counters
� Distribution counters based on GPRS and EGPRS LLC throughput
� TBF radio drop counters more detailed
� New MS capabilities / multislot class breakdown
� Number of useful UL and DL RLC data blocks retransmitted per MCS
� NC2 reselection
� Removed average duration counters
� New cumulated duration counters
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 22
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 22
Self-assessment on the Objectives
� Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module
� The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation
Section 1 � Module 6 � Page 23
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
3JK10242AAAAWBZZA Issue 01
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2008
EVOLIUM � Introduction to GPRS and E-GPRS QoS Monitoring - B10EGPRS QoS � Appendix
1 � 6 � 23
End of ModuleAppendix
@@COURSENAME - Page 1All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
@@COURSENAME@@PRODUCT
1
Last But One Page
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
@@COURSENAME - Page 2All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEARPassing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its
contents not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent
top related